e10vk
Table of Contents

 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
Form 10-K
 
     
(Mark One)    
þ
  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13(a) OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934.
    For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008
OR
o
  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13(a) OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934.
    For the transition period from          to          
 
Commission file number: 001-33757
 
 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)
 
     
Delaware
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
  33-0861263
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
27101 Puerta Real, Suite 450,
Mission Viejo, CA
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
  92691
(Zip Code)
 
Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code:
(949) 487-9500
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
 
     
Title of Each Class
 
Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
 
Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share   NASDAQ Global Select Market
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  o Yes     þ No
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  o Yes     þ No
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  þ Yes     o No
 
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
 
             
Large accelerated filer o
  Accelerated filer þ   Non-accelerated filer o   Smaller reporting company o
        (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).  o Yes  þ No
 
The aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant, computed by reference to the closing price as of the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, June 30, 2008, was approximately $123,948,369 million.
 
On February 13, 2009, The Ensign Group, Inc. had 20,565,580 shares of Common Stock outstanding.
 
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:
 
Part III of this Form 10-K incorporates information by reference from the Registrant’s definitive proxy statement for the Registrant’s 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed within 120 days after the close of the fiscal year covered by this annual report.
 


 

 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
 
INDEX TO ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2008
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
                 
      Business     2  
      Risk Factors     15  
      Unresolved Staff Comments     45  
      Properties     45  
      Legal Proceedings     45  
      Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders     47  
 
PART II.
      Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities     47  
      Selected Financial Data     50  
      Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations     53  
      Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk     77  
      Financial Statements and Supplementary Data     78  
      Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure     78  
      Controls and Procedures     78  
      Other Information     80  
 
PART III.
      Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance     81  
      Executive Compensation     81  
      Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters     81  
      Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence     81  
      Principal Accounting Fees and Services     81  
 
PART IV.
      Exhibits, Financial Statements and Schedules     81  
    82  
 EX-4.2
 EX-21.1
 EX-23.1
 EX-31.1
 EX-31.2
 EX-32.1
 EX-32.2


i


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements, which include, but are not limited to the Company’s expected future financial position, results of operations, cash flows, financing plans, business strategy, budgets, capital expenditures, competitive positions, growth opportunities and plans and objectives of management. Forward-looking statements can often be identified by words such as “anticipates,” “expects,” “intends,” “plans,” “predicts,” “believes,” “seeks,” “estimates,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “would,” “could,” “potential,” “continue,” “ongoing,” similar expressions, and variations or negatives of these words. These statements are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to risks, uncertainties and assumptions that are difficult to predict. Therefore, our actual results could differ materially and adversely from those expressed in any forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, some of which are listed under the section “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Accordingly, you should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this Report, and are based on our current expectations, estimates and projections about our industry and business, management’s beliefs, and certain assumptions made by us, all of which are subject to change. We undertake no obligation to revise or update publicly any forward-looking statement for any reason, except as otherwise required by law. As used in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the words, “we,” “our” and “us” refer to The Ensign Group, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries. All of our facilities, the Service Center and the wholly-owned captive insurance subsidiary (the Captive) are operated by separate, wholly-owned, independent subsidiaries that have their own management, employees and assets. The use of “we”, “us”, “our” and similar verbiage in this annual report is not meant to imply that any of our facilities or the Service Center are operated by the same entity.
 
The Ensign Group, Inc. is a holding company with no direct operating assets, employees or revenues. All of our facilities are operated by separate, wholly-owned, independent subsidiaries, which have their own management, employees and assets. In addition, one of our wholly-owned independent subsidiaries, which we call our Service Center, provides centralized accounting, payroll, human resources, information technology, legal, risk management and other services to each operating subsidiary through contractual relationships between such subsidiaries. In addition, we have the Captive that provides some claims-made coverage to our operating subsidiaries for general and professional liability, as well as for certain workers’ compensation insurance liabilities. Reference herein to the consolidated “Company” and “its” assets and activities, as well as the use of the terms “we,” “us,” “our” and similar verbiage in this annual report is not meant to imply that The Ensign Group, Inc. has direct operating assets, employees or revenue, or that any of the facilities, the Service Center or the Captive are operated by the same entity. We were incorporated in 1999 in Delaware. Our corporate address is 27101 Puerta Real, Suite 450, Mission Viejo, CA 92691, and our telephone number is (949) 487-9500. Our corporate website is located at www.ensigngroup.net. The information contained in, or that can be accessed through, our website does not constitute a part of this annual report.
 
Ensigntm is our United States trademark. All other trademarks and trade names appearing in this annual report are the property of their respective owners.


1


Table of Contents

 
PART I.
 
Item 1.   Business
 
Overview
 
We are a provider of skilled nursing and rehabilitative care services through the operation of facilities located in California, Arizona, Texas, Washington, Utah and Idaho. As of December 31, 2008, we owned or leased 63 facilities. All of our facilities are skilled nursing facilities, other than three stand-alone assisted living facilities in Arizona and Texas and four campuses that offer both skilled nursing and assisted living services in California, Arizona and Utah. Our facilities, each of which strives to be the facility of choice in the community it serves, provide a broad spectrum of skilled nursing, physical, occupational and speech therapies, and other rehabilitative and healthcare services and, in certain facilities, assisted living services, for both long-term residents and short-stay rehabilitation patients. Our facilities have a collective licensed capacity of over 7,600 skilled nursing, assisted living and independent living beds. As of December 31, 2008 we owned 32 of our facilities and operated an additional 31 facilities under long-term lease arrangements, and had purchase agreements or options to purchase nine of those 31 facilities. For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 our skilled nursing services, including our integrated rehabilitative therapy services, generated approximately 98%, 97% and 97% of our revenue, respectively.
 
Our organizational structure is centered upon local leadership. We believe our organizational structure, which empowers leaders and staff at the facility level, is unique within the skilled nursing industry. Each of our facilities is led by highly dedicated individuals who are responsible for key operational decisions at their facilities. Facility leaders and staff are trained and incentivized to pursue superior clinical outcomes, operating efficiencies and financial performance at their facilities. In addition, our facility leaders are enabled and incentivized to share real-time operating data and otherwise benchmark clinical and operational performance against their peers in other facilities in order to improve clinical care, maximize patient satisfaction and augment operational efficiencies, promoting the sharing of best practices.
 
We view skilled nursing primarily as a local business, influenced by personal relationships and community reputation. We believe our success is largely dependent upon our ability to build strong relationships with key stakeholders from the local healthcare community, based upon a solid foundation of reliably superior care. Accordingly, our brand strategy is focused on encouraging the leaders and staff of each facility to focus on clinical excellence, and promote their facility independently within their local community.
 
Much of our historical growth can be attributed to our expertise in acquiring under-performing facilities and transforming them into market leaders in clinical quality, staff competency, employee loyalty and financial performance. We plan to continue to grow our revenue and earnings by:
 
  •  continuing to grow our talent base and develop future leaders;
 
  •  increasing the overall percentage or “mix” of higher-acuity residents;
 
  •  focusing on organic growth and internal operating efficiencies;
 
  •  continuing to acquire additional facilities in existing and new markets; and
 
  •  expanding and renovating our existing facilities, and potentially constructing new facilities.
 
Company History
 
Our company was formed in 1999 with the goal of establishing a new level of quality care within the skilled nursing industry. The name “Ensign” is synonymous with a “flag” or a “standard,” and refers to our goal of setting the standard by which all others are measured. We believe that through our efforts and leadership, we can foster a new level of patient care and professional competence at our facilities, and set a new industry standard for quality skilled nursing and rehabilitative care services.
 
We have an established track record of successful acquisitions. Many of our earliest acquisitions were completed at a time when the skilled nursing industry was undergoing a major restructuring. From 2001 to 2003, we


2


Table of Contents

acquired a number of underperforming facilities, as several long-term care providers disposed of troubled facilities from their portfolios. We then applied our core operating expertise to turn these facilities around, both clinically and financially. In 2004 and 2005, we focused on the integration and improvement of our existing operations while limiting our acquisitions to strategically situated properties, acquiring five facilities over that period.
 
We organized our facilities into five portfolio companies in 2006 and introduced a sixth portfolio company in 2008, which we believe has enabled us to attract additional qualified leadership talent, and to identify, acquire, and improve facilities at a generally faster rate. With the introduction in early 2006 of the portfolio companies and our New Market CEO program, described below, our acquisition activity accelerated, allowing us to add 15 facilities between January 1, 2006 and July 31, 2007. We then effectively suspended our acquisition program while we effected our initial public offering, which was completed in November 2007. (See “— Recent Developments”). During 2008 we acquired two facilities which added 219 licensed, or 199 operational beds to our operations. The following table summarizes our growth from our formation in 1999 through December 31, 2008:
 
Cumulative Facility Growth
 
                                                                                 
    As of December 31,  
    1999     2000     2001     2002     2003     2004     2005     2006     2007     2008  
 
Cumulative number of facilities
    5       13       19       24       41       43       46       57       61       63  
Cumulative number of licensed skilled nursing, assisted living and independent living beds(1)
    710       1,645       2,244       2,919       5,147       5,401       5,780       6,940       7,448       7,687  
Cumulative number of operational skilled nursing, assisted living and independent living beds(2)
    665       1,571       2,155       2,751       4,959       5,213       5,585       6,667       7,105       7,324  
 
 
(1) Includes 671 beds in our 460 assisted living units and 84 independent living units as of December 31, 2008. The cumulative number of skilled nursing, assisted living and independent living beds is calculated using the current number of beds at each facility and may differ from the number of beds at the time of acquisition. We may also temporarily or permanently expand or reduce the number of beds in connection with renovations or expansions of specific facilities. All bed counts are licensed beds except independent living beds, and may not reflect the number of beds actually available for patient use.
 
(2) The number of licensed and independent living beds in a skilled nursing, assisted living or independent living facility that are actually operational and available for occupancy may be less than the total official licensed bed capacity. This sometimes occurs due to the permanent dedication of bed space to alternative purposes, such as enhanced therapy treatment space or other desirable uses calculated to improve service offerings and/or operational efficiencies in a facility. In some cases, three- and four-bed wards have been reduced to two-bed rooms for resident comfort. These beds are seldom expected to be placed back into service. In addition, we occasionally acquire facilities with “banked” beds, for which valuable licensing rights have been retained, but have been voluntarily suspended under state regulations until the beds can be economically placed into service again.
 
Recent Developments
 
Reorganization of Operations under Portfolio Companies.  To preserve our entrepreneurial culture and the scalability of our leadership-centered management model, we have created several portfolio companies, each with its own president and resources. We believe that this structure is allowing us to better maintain organizational and individual development across our large and rapidly-growing organization, while continuing to maintain our “one-facility-at-a-time” focus, and to implement the key principles that have contributed to our success to date. To facilitate this internal reorganization, we formed five separate portfolio companies in 2006.
 
In July 2008, our Utah and Idaho facilities, which had been supported by our Keystone Care portfolio subsidiary since we first moved into those markets beginning in July 2006, were reorganized in anticipation of


3


Table of Contents

becoming their own standalone portfolio company known as Milestone Healthcare, Inc. Milestone’s eventual emergence as a self-contained portfolio company not only allows us to focus more closely on the growth and development of our Utah/Idaho markets, it also allows our key leadership in Keystone, which is based in and covers the state of Texas, to focus more rigorously on operational excellence and growth in that important market as well. During the transitional period our Chief Executive Officer, Christopher Christensen, is serving as interim President of Milestone, as he did for the latter part of 2007 and early 2008 in our Flagstone portfolio subsidiary, until a permanent leader for Milestone is identified and installed. Resources have been deployed from other areas of the organization to provide needed support. We expect the transition to be completed in the near term. As of December 31, 2008, our portfolio companies are organized as follows:
 
  •  The Flagstone Group, Inc., with 15 facilities and 1,792 licensed1, or 1,769 operational beds2 in Southern California;
 
  •  Touchstone Care, Inc., with 10 facilities and 1,208 licensed1, or 1,197 operational beds2 in the Los Angeles area and in Southern California’s Inland Empire and Palm Springs markets;
 
  •  Northern Pioneers Healthcare, Inc., with nine facilities and 832 licensed1, or 781 operational beds2 in Northern California and Washington;
 
  •  Keystone Care, Inc., with 10 facilities and 1,154 licensed1, or 1,076 operational beds2 in Texas
 
  •  Bandera Healthcare, Inc., with 12 facilities and 1,952 licensed1, or 1,836 operational beds2 in Arizona; and
 
  •  Milestone Healthcare, Inc., with seven facilities and 749 licensed1, or 665 operational beds2 in Utah and Idaho.
 
As noted above, each of our portfolio companies has its own president. These presidents, who are experienced and proven leaders taken from the ranks of our facility CEOs, serve as leadership resources within their own portfolio companies, and have the primary responsibility for recruiting qualified talent, finding potential acquisition targets, and identifying other internal and external growth opportunities. We believe this reorganization has improved the quality of our recruiting and will continue to facilitate successful acquisitions.
 
New Market CEO Program.  In order to broaden our reach to new markets, and in an effort to provide existing leaders in our company with the entrepreneurial opportunity and challenge of entering a new market and starting a new business, we established our New Market CEO program in 2006. Supported by our Service Center and other resources, a New Market CEO evaluates a target market, develops a comprehensive business plan, and relocates to the target market to find talent and connect with other providers, regulators and the healthcare community in that market, with the goal of ultimately acquiring facilities and establishing an operating platform for future growth.
 
We believe that this program will not only continue to drive growth, but will also provide a valuable training ground for our next generation of leaders, who will have experienced the challenges of growing and operating a new business.
 
Recent Acquisition History and Growth.  Since January 1, 2008, we added an aggregate of two skilled nursing facilities located in Utah that we had not operated previously, both of which we acquired under long-term lease arrangements. These facilities contributed 219 and 199 licensed and operational beds, respectively, to our
 
 
1 All bed counts are licensed beds except for independent living beds, and may not reflect the number of beds actually available for patient use.
2 The number of licensed and independent living beds in a skilled nursing, assisted living or independent living facility that are actually operational and available for occupancy may be less than the total official licensed bed capacity. This sometimes occurs due to the permanent dedication of bed space to alternative purposes, such as enhanced therapy treatment space or other desirable uses calculated to improve service offerings and/or operational efficiencies in a facility. In some cases, three- and four-bed wards have been reduced to two-bed rooms for resident comfort. These beds are seldom expected to be placed back into service. In addition, we occasionally acquire facilities with “banked” beds, for which valuable licensing rights have been retained, but have been voluntarily suspended under state regulations until the beds can be economically placed into service again.


4


Table of Contents

operations, increasing our total capacity by approximately 3%. In Utah, we have increased our capacity by approximately 50% since January 1, 2008.
 
The following table sets forth the location and number of licensed and independent living beds located at our facilities as of December 31, 2008:
 
                                                         
    CA   AZ   TX   UT   WA   ID   Total
 
Number of facilities
    31       12       10       6       3       1       63  
Licensed skilled nursing, assisted living and independent living beds(1)
    3,519       1,952       1,154       661       313       88       7,687  
Operational skilled nursing, assisted living and independent living beds(2)
    3,464       1,836       1,076       577       283       88       7,324  
 
 
(1) Includes 671 beds in our 460 assisted living units and 84 independent living units as of December 31, 2008. All bed counts are licensed beds except for independent living beds, and may not reflect the number of beds actually available for patient use.
 
(2) The number of licensed and independent living beds in a skilled nursing, assisted living or independent living facility that are actually operational and available for occupancy may be less than the total official licensed bed capacity. This sometimes occurs due to the permanent dedication of bed space to alternative purposes, such as enhanced therapy treatment space or other desirable uses calculated to improve service offerings and/or operational efficiencies in a facility. In some cases, three- and four-bed wards have been reduced to two-bed rooms for resident comfort. These beds are seldom expected to be placed back into service. In addition, we occasionally acquire facilities with “banked” beds, for which valuable licensing rights have been retained, but have been voluntarily suspended under state regulations until the beds can be economically placed into service again.
 
Industry Trends
 
The skilled nursing industry has evolved to meet the growing demand for post-acute and custodial healthcare services generated by an aging population, increasing life expectancies and the trend toward shifting of patient care to lower cost settings. The skilled nursing industry has evolved in recent years, which we believe has led to a number of favorable improvements in the industry, as described below:
 
  •  Shift of Patient Care to Lower Cost Alternatives.  The growth of the senior population in the United States continues to increase healthcare costs, often faster than the available funding from government-sponsored healthcare programs. In response, federal and state governments have adopted cost-containment measures that encourage the treatment of patients in more cost-effective settings such as skilled nursing facilities, for which the staffing requirements and associated costs are often significantly lower than acute care hospitals, inpatient rehabilitation facilities and other post-acute care settings. As a result, skilled nursing facilities are serving a larger population of higher-acuity patients than in the past.
 
  •  Significant Acquisition and Consolidation Opportunities.  The skilled nursing industry is large and highly fragmented, characterized predominantly by numerous local and regional providers. We believe this fragmentation provides significant acquisition and consolidation opportunities for us.
 
  •  Improving Supply and Demand Balance.  The number of skilled nursing facilities has declined modestly over the past several years. We expect that the supply and demand balance in the skilled nursing industry will continue to improve due to the shift of patient care to lower cost settings, an aging population and increasing life expectancies.
 
  •  Increased Demand Driven by Aging Populations and Increased Life Expectancy.  As life expectancy continues to increase in the United States and seniors account for a higher percentage of the total U.S. population, we believe the overall demand for skilled nursing services will increase. At present, the primary market demographic for skilled nursing services is individuals age 75 and older. According to U.S. Census Bureau Interim Projections, there were 38 million people in the United States in 2007 that were


5


Table of Contents

  over 65 years old. The U.S. Census Bureau estimates this group is one of the fastest growing segments of the United States population and is expected to more than double between 2000 and 2030.
 
We believe the skilled nursing industry has been and will continue to be impacted by several other trends. The use of long-term care insurance is increasing among seniors as a means of planning for the costs of skilled nursing services. In addition, as a result of increased mobility in society, reduction of average family size, and the increased number of two-wage earner couples, more seniors are looking for alternatives outside the family for their care.
 
Effects of Changing Prices.  Medicare reimbursement rates and procedures are subject to change from time to time, which could materially impact our revenue. Medicare reimburses our skilled nursing facilities under a prospective payment system (PPS) for certain inpatient covered services. Under the PPS, facilities are paid a predetermined amount per patient, per day, based on the anticipated costs of treating patients. The amount to be paid is determined by classifying each patient into a resource utilization group (RUG) category that is based upon each patient’s acuity level. As of January 1, 2006, the RUG categories were expanded from 44 to 53, with increased reimbursement rates for treating higher acuity patients. Should future changes in skilled nursing facility payments reduce rates or increase the standards for reaching certain reimbursement levels, our Medicare revenues could be reduced, with a corresponding adverse impact on our financial condition or results of operation.
 
The Deficit Reduction Act of 2005 (DRA) was expected to significantly reduce net Medicare and Medicaid spending. Prior to the DRA, caps on annual reimbursements for rehabilitation therapy became effective on January 1, 2006. The DRA provides for exceptions to those caps for patients with certain conditions or multiple complexities whose therapy is reimbursed under Medicare Part B and provided in 2006. On July 15, 2008, the Medicare Improvements for Patients and Providers Act of 2008 extended the exceptions to these therapy caps until December 31, 2009.
 
On July 31, 2008, Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) released its final rule on the fiscal year 2009 PPS reimbursement rates for skilled nursing facilities, which resulted in a 3.4% market basket increase. The final rule increased aggregate payments to skilled nursing facilities nationwide by $780 million. In addition, CMS decided to defer consideration of the $770 million reduction in payments to skilled nursing facilities, contemplated in the initial proposal on May 2, 2008, until 2009 when the fiscal year 2010 PPS reimbursement rates are set.
 
Historically, adjustments to reimbursement under Medicare have had a significant effect on our revenue. For a discussion of historic adjustments and recent changes to the Medicare program and related reimbursement rates see Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business and Industry — “Our revenue could be impacted by federal and state changes to reimbursement and other aspects of Medicaid and Medicare,” “Our future revenue, financial condition and results of operations could be impacted by continued cost containment pressures on Medicaid spending,” and “If Medicare reimbursement rates decline, our revenue, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.” The federal government and state governments continue to focus on efforts to curb spending on healthcare programs such as Medicare and Medicaid. We are not able to predict the outcome of the legislative process. We also cannot predict the extent to which proposals will be adopted or, if adopted and implemented, what effect, if any, such proposals and existing new legislation will have on us. Efforts to impose reduced allowances, greater discounts and more stringent cost controls by government and other payors are expected to continue and could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Competition
 
The skilled nursing industry is highly competitive, and we expect that the industry will become increasingly competitive in the future. The industry is highly fragmented and characterized by numerous local and regional providers, in addition to large national providers that have achieved geographic diversity and economies of scale. We also compete with inpatient rehabilitation facilities and long-term acute care hospitals. Competitiveness may vary significantly from location to location, depending upon factors such as the number of competing facilities, availability of services, expertise of staff, and the physical appearance and amenities of each location. We believe that the primary competitive factors in the skilled nursing industry are:
 
  •  ability to attract and to retain qualified management and caregivers;
 
  •  reputation and commitment to quality;


6


Table of Contents

 
  •  attractiveness and location of facilities;
 
  •  the expertise and commitment of the facility management team and employees;
 
  •  community value, including amenities and ancillary services; and
 
  •  for private pay and HMO patients, price of services.
 
We seek to compete effectively in each market by establishing a reputation within the local community as the “facility of choice.” This means that the facility leaders are generally free to discern and address the unique needs and priorities of healthcare professionals, customers and other stakeholders in the local community or market, and then create a superior service offering and reputation for that particular community or market that is calculated to encourage prospective customers and referral sources to choose or recommend the facility.
 
Increased competition could limit our ability to attract and retain patients, maintain or increase rates or to expand our business. Some of our competitors have greater financial and other resources than we have, may have greater brand recognition and may be more established in their respective communities than we are. Competing companies may also offer newer facilities or different programs or services than we offer, and may therefore attract individuals who are currently residents of our facilities, potential residents of our facilities, or who are otherwise receiving our healthcare services. Other competitors may have lower expenses or accept lower margins than us and, therefore, provide services at lower prices than we offer.
 
Our Competitive Strengths
 
We believe that we are well positioned to benefit from the ongoing changes within our industry. We believe that our ability to acquire, integrate and improve our facilities is a direct result of the following key competitive strengths:
 
Experienced and Dedicated Employees.  We believe that our employees are among the best in the skilled nursing industry. We believe each of our facilities is led by an experienced and caring leadership team, including a dedicated front-line care staff, who participates daily in the clinical and operational improvement of their individual facilities. We have been successful in attracting, training, incentivizing and retaining a core group of outstanding business and clinical leaders to lead our facilities. These leaders operate their facilities as separate local businesses. With broad local control, these talented leaders and their care staffs are able to quickly meet the needs of their patients and residents, employees and local communities, without waiting for permission to act or being bound to a “one-size-fits-all” corporate strategy.
 
Unique Incentive Programs.  We believe that our employee compensation programs are unique within the skilled nursing industry. Employee stock options and performance bonuses, based on achieving target clinical quality and financial benchmarks, represent a significant component of total compensation for our facility leaders. We believe that these compensation programs assist us in encouraging our facility leaders and key employees to act with a shared ownership mentality. Furthermore, our facility leaders are incentivized to help local facilities within a defined “cluster,” which is a group of geographically-proximate facilities that share clinical best practices, real-time financial data and other resources and information.
 
Staff and Leadership Development.  We have a company-wide commitment to ongoing education, training and professional development. Accordingly, our facility leaders participate in regular training. Most participate in training sessions at Ensign University, our in-house educational system, generally four or five times each year. Other training opportunities are generally offered on a monthly basis. Training and educational topics include leadership development, our values, updates on Medicaid and Medicare billing requirements, updates on new regulations or legislation, emerging healthcare service alternatives and other relevant clinical, business and industry specific coursework. Additionally, we encourage and provide ongoing education classes for our clinical staff to maintain licensing and increase the breadth of their knowledge and expertise. We believe that our commitment to, and substantial investment in, ongoing education will further strengthen the quality of our facility leaders and staff, and the quality of the care they provide to our patients and residents.
 
Innovative Service Center Approach.  We do not maintain a corporate headquarters; rather, we operate a Service Center to support the efforts of each facility. Our Service Center is a dedicated service organization that acts


7


Table of Contents

as a resource and provides centralized information technology, human resources, accounting, payroll, legal, risk management, educational and other key services, so that local facility leaders can focus on delivering top-quality care and efficient business operations. Our Service Center approach allows individual facilities to function with the strength, synergies and economies of scale found in larger organizations, but without what we believe are the disadvantages of a top-down management structure or corporate hierarchy. We believe our Service Center approach is unique within the industry, and allows us to preserve the “one-facility-at-a-time” focus and culture that has contributed to our success.
 
Proven Track Record of Successful Acquisitions.  We have established a disciplined acquisition strategy that is focused on selectively acquiring facilities within our target markets. Our acquisition strategy is highly operations driven. Prospective facility leaders are included in the decision making process and compensated as these acquired facilities reach pre-established clinical quality and financial benchmarks, helping to ensure that we only undertake acquisitions that key leaders believe can become clinically sound and contribute to our financial performance.
 
Since April 1999, we have acquired 63 facilities with over 7,600 licensed beds, including 671 beds in our 460 assisted living units and 84 independent living units, through both long-term leases and purchases. We believe our experience in acquiring these facilities and our demonstrated success in significantly improving their operations enables us to consider a broad range of acquisition targets. In addition, we believe we have developed expertise in transitioning newly-acquired facilities to our unique organizational culture and operating systems, which enables us to acquire facilities with limited disruption to patients, residents and facility operating staff, while significantly improving quality of care. We also intend to consider the construction of new facilities as we determine that market conditions justify the cost of new construction in some of our markets.
 
Reputation for Quality Care.  We believe that we have achieved a reputation for high-quality and cost-effective care and services to our patients and residents within the communities we serve. We believe that our reputation for quality, coupled with the integrated skilled nursing and rehabilitation services that we offer, allows us to attract patients that require more intensive and medically complex care and generally result in higher reimbursement rates than lower acuity patients.
 
Community Focused Approach.  We view skilled nursing care primarily as a local, community-based business. Our local leadership-centered management culture enables each facility’s nursing and support staff and leaders to meet the unique needs of their residents and local communities. We believe that our commitment to this “one-facility-at-a-time” philosophy helps to ensure that each facility, its residents, their family members and the community will receive the individualized attention they need. By serving our residents, their families, the community and our fellow healthcare professionals, we strive to make each individual facility the facility of choice in its local community.
 
We further believe that when choosing a healthcare provider, consumers usually choose a person or people they know and trust, rather than a corporation or business. Therefore, rather than pursuing a traditional organization-wide branding strategy, we actively seek to develop the facility brand at the local level, serving and marketing one-on-one to caregivers, our residents, their families, the community and our fellow healthcare professionals in the local market.
 
Attractive Asset Base.  We believe that our facilities are among the best-operated in their respective markets. As of December 31, 2008, we owned 32 of the 63 facilities that we operated, and had purchase agreements or options to purchase nine of the 31 facilities that we operated under long-term lease arrangements. We will consider exercising some or all of these purchase options as they become exercisable, and we expect that we will own a higher percentage of our facilities in the future than we currently own. Assuming we eventually exercise all purchase options we currently hold and we don’t dispose of any of our current facilities, we would own approximately 65% of the facilities we currently operate. By owning our facilities, we believe we will have better control over our occupancy costs over time, as well as increased financial and operational flexibility. We continually invest in our facilities, both owned and leased, to keep them physically attractive and clinically sound.
 
Investment in Information Technology.  We have acquired information technology that enables our facility leaders to access, and to share with their peers, both clinical and financial performance data in real time. Armed with relevant and current information, our facility leaders and their management teams are able to share best practices


8


Table of Contents

and latest information, adjust to challenges and opportunities on a timely basis, improve quality of care, mitigate risk and improve both clinical outcomes and financial performance. We have also invested in specialized healthcare technology systems to assist our nursing and support staff. We have installed automated software and touch-screen interface systems in each facility to enable our clinical staff to more efficiently monitor and deliver patient care and record patient information. We believe these systems have improved the quality of our medical and billing records, while improving the productivity of our staff.
 
Our Growth Strategy
 
We believe that the following strategies are primarily responsible for our growth to date, and will continue to drive the growth of our business:
 
Grow Talent Base and Develop Future Leaders.  Our primary growth strategy is to expand our talent base and develop future leaders. A key component of our organizational culture is our belief that strong local leadership is a primary key to the success of each facility. While we believe that significant acquisition opportunities exist, we have generally followed a disciplined approach to growth that permits us to acquire a facility only when we believe, among other things, that we will have qualified leadership for that facility. To develop these leaders, we have a rigorous “CEO-in-Training Program” that attracts proven business leaders from various industries and backgrounds, and provides them the knowledge and hands-on training they need to successfully lead one of our facilities. As of December 31, 2008, 15 prospective administrators were progressing through the various stages of this training program, which is generally much more rigorous, hands-on and intensive than the minimum 1,000 hours of training mandated by the licensing requirements of most states where we do business. Once administrators are licensed and assigned to a facility, they continue to learn and develop in our facility Chief Executive Officer Program, which facilitates the continued development of these talented business leaders into outstanding facility CEOs, through regular peer review, our Ensign University and on-the-job training.
 
In addition, our facility Chief Operating Officer Program recruits and trains highly-qualified Directors of Nursing to lead the clinical programs in our facilities. Working together with their facility CEO and/or administrator, other key facility leaders and front-line staff, these experienced nurses manage delivery of care and other clinical personnel and programs to optimize both clinical outcomes and employee and patient satisfaction.
 
Increase Mix of High Acuity Patients.  Many skilled nursing facilities are serving an increasingly larger population of patients who require a high level of skilled nursing and rehabilitative care, whom we refer to as high acuity patients, as a result of government and other payors seeking lower-cost alternatives to traditional acute-care hospitals. We generally receive higher reimbursement rates for providing care for these patients. In addition, many of these patients require therapy and other rehabilitative services, which we are able to provide as part of our integrated service offerings. Where therapy services are prescribed by a patient’s physician or other healthcare professional, we generally receive additional revenue in connection with the provision of those services. By making these integrated services available to such patients, and maintaining established clinical standards in the delivery of those services, we are able to increase our overall revenues. We believe that we can continue to attract high acuity patients and therapy patients to our facilities by maintaining and enhancing our reputation for quality care, continuing our community focused approach, and strengthening our referral networks.
 
Focus on Organic Growth and Internal Operating Efficiencies.  We are able to grow organically through our ability to increase patient occupancy within our existing facilities. Although some of the facilities we have acquired were in good physical and operating condition, the majority have been clinically and financially troubled, with some facilities having had occupancy rates as low as 30% at the time of acquisition. Additionally, we believe that incremental operating margins on the last 20% of our beds are significantly higher than on the first 80%, offering real opportunities to improve financial performance within our existing facilities, as we seek to improve overall operational occupancy beyond our average rates for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 of 81.1%, 81.3% and 82.6%, respectively.
 
We also believe we can generate organic growth by improving operating efficiencies and the quality of care at the patient level. By focusing on staff development, clinical systems and the efficient delivery of quality patient care, we believe we are able to deliver higher quality care at lower costs than many of our competitors.


9


Table of Contents

We also have achieved incremental occupancy and revenue growth by creating or expanding outpatient therapy programs in existing facilities. Physical, occupational and speech therapy services account for a significant portion of revenue in most of our skilled nursing facilities. By expanding therapy programs to provide outpatient services in many markets, we are able to increase revenue while spreading the fixed costs of maintaining these programs over a larger patient base. Outpatient therapy has also proven to be an effective marketing tool, raising the visibility of our facilities in their local communities and enhancing the reputation of our facilities with short-stay rehabilitation patients.
 
Add New Facilities and Expand Existing Facilities.  A key element of our growth strategy includes the acquisition of existing facilities from third parties, the expansion of current facilities, and the potential construction of new facilities. In the near term, we plan to take advantage of the fragmented skilled nursing industry by acquiring facilities within select geographic markets and may consider the construction of new facilities. In addition, historically we have targeted facilities that we believed were underperforming, and where we believed we could improve service delivery, occupancy rates and cash flow. With experienced leaders in place at the community level, and demonstrated success in significantly improving operating conditions at acquired facilities, we believe that we are well positioned for continued growth. While the integration of underperforming facilities generally has a negative short-term effect on overall operating margins, these facilities are typically accretive to earnings within 12 to 18 months following acquisition. For the 48 facilities that we acquired from 2001 through 2007, the aggregate EBITDAR (defined below) as a percentage of revenue improved from 11.0% during the first full three months of operations to 13.4% during the thirteenth through fifteenth months of operations.
 
Labor
 
The operation of our skilled nursing and assisted living facilities requires a large number of highly skilled healthcare professionals and support staff. At December 31, 2008, we had approximately 6,153 full-time equivalent employees, employed by our Service Center and our operating subsidiaries. For the year ended December 31, 2008, approximately 67% of our total expenses were payroll related. Periodically, market forces, which vary by region, require that we increase wages in excess of general inflation or in excess of increases in reimbursement rates we receive. We believe that we staff appropriately, focusing primarily on the acuity level and day-to-day needs of our patients and residents. In most of the states where we operate, our skilled nursing facilities are subject to state mandated minimum staffing ratios, so our ability to reduce costs by decreasing staff, notwithstanding decreases in acuity or need, is limited. We seek to manage our labor costs by improving staff retention, improving operating efficiencies, maintaining competitive wage rates and benefits and reducing reliance on overtime compensation and temporary nursing agency services.
 
The healthcare industry as a whole has been experiencing shortages of qualified professional clinical staff. We believe that our ability to attract and retain qualified professional clinical staff stems from our ability to offer attractive wage and benefits packages, a high level of employee training, an empowered culture that provides incentives for individual efforts and a quality of work environment.
 
Government Regulation
 
The regulatory environment within the skilled nursing industry continues to intensify in the amount and type of laws and regulations affecting it. In addition to this changing regulatory environment, federal, state and local officials are increasingly focusing their efforts on the enforcement of these laws. In order to operate our facilities we must comply with federal, state and local laws relating to licensure, delivery and adequacy of medical care, distribution of pharmaceuticals, equipment, personnel, operating policies, fire prevention, rate-setting, billing and reimbursement, building codes and environmental protection. Additionally, we must also adhere to anti-kickback laws, physician referral laws, and safety and health standards set by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). Changes in the law or new interpretations of existing laws may have an adverse impact on our methods and costs of doing business.
 
Skilled nursing facilities are also subject to various regulations and licensing requirements promulgated by state and local health and social service agencies and other regulatory authorities. Requirements vary from state to state and these requirements can affect, among other things, personnel education and training, patient and personnel


10


Table of Contents

records, facility services, staffing levels, monitoring of patient wellness, patient furnishings, housekeeping services, dietary requirements, emergency plans and procedures, certification and licensing of staff prior to beginning employment, and patient rights. These laws and regulations could limit our ability to expand into new markets and to expand our services and facilities in existing markets.
 
Regulations Regarding Our Facilities.  Governmental and other authorities periodically inspect our facilities to assess our compliance with various standards. The intensified regulatory and enforcement environment continues to impact healthcare providers, as these providers respond to periodic surveys and other inspections by governmental authorities and act on any noncompliance identified in the inspection process. Unannounced surveys or inspections generally occur at least annually, and also following a government agency’s receipt of a complaint about a facility. We must pass these inspections to maintain our licensure under state law, to obtain or maintain certification under the Medicare and Medicaid programs, to continue participation in the Veterans Administration program at some facilities, and to comply with our provider contracts with managed care clients at many facilities. From time to time, we, like others in the healthcare industry, may receive notices from federal and state regulatory agencies alleging that we failed to comply with applicable standards. These notices may require us to take corrective action, may impose civil monetary penalties for noncompliance, and may threaten or impose other operating restrictions on facilities such as admission holds, provisional skilled nursing license or increased staffing requirements. If our facilities fail to comply with these directives or otherwise fail to comply substantially with licensure and certification laws, rules and regulations, we could lose our certification as a Medicare or Medicaid provider, or lose our state licenses to operate the facilities.
 
Regulations Protecting Against Fraud.  Various complex federal and state laws exist which govern a wide array of referrals, relationships and arrangements, and prohibit fraud by healthcare providers. Governmental agencies are devoting increasing attention and resources to such anti-fraud efforts. The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA), and the Balanced Budget Act of 1997 (BBA) expanded the penalties for healthcare fraud. Additionally, in connection with our involvement with federal healthcare reimbursement programs, the government or those acting on its behalf may bring an action under the False Claims Act, alleging that a healthcare provider has defrauded the government. These claimants may seek treble damages for false claims and payment of additional civil monetary penalties. The False Claims Act allows a private individual with knowledge of fraud to bring a claim on behalf of the federal government and earn a percentage of the federal government’s recovery. Due to these “whistleblower” incentives, suits have become more frequent.
 
Regulations Regarding Financial Arrangements.  We are also subject to federal and state laws that regulate financial arrangement by healthcare providers, such as the federal and state anti-kickback laws, the Stark laws, and various state referral laws.
 
The federal anti-kickback laws and similar state laws make it unlawful for any person to pay, receive, offer, or solicit any benefit, directly or indirectly, for the referral or recommendation for products or services which are eligible for payment under federal healthcare programs, including Medicare and Medicaid. For the purposes of the anti-kickback law, a “federal healthcare program” includes Medicare and Medicaid programs and any other plan or program that provides health benefits which are funded directly, in whole or in part, by the United States Government.
 
The arrangements prohibited under these anti-kickback laws can involve nursing homes, hospitals, physicians and other healthcare providers, plans and suppliers. These laws have been interpreted very broadly to include a number of practices and relationships between healthcare providers and sources of patient referral. The scope of prohibited payments is very broad, including anything of value, whether offered directly or indirectly, in cash or in kind. Federal “safe harbor” regulations describe certain arrangements that will not be deemed to constitute violations of the anti-kickback law. Arrangements that do not comply with all of the strict requirements of a safe harbor are not necessarily illegal, but, due to the broad language of the statute, failure to comply with a safe harbor may increase the potential that a government agency or whistleblower will seek to investigate or challenge the arrangement. The safe harbors are narrow and do not cover a wide range of economic relationships.
 
Violations of the federal anti-kickback laws can result in criminal penalties of up to $25,000 and five years imprisonment. Violations of the anti-kickback laws can also result in civil monetary penalties of up to $50,000 and an assessment of up to three times the total amount of remuneration offered, paid, solicited, or received. Violation of


11


Table of Contents

the anti-kickback laws may also result in an individual’s or organization’s exclusion from future participation in Medicare, Medicaid and other state and federal healthcare programs. Exclusion of us or any of our key employees from the Medicare or Medicaid program could have a material adverse impact on our operations and financial condition.
 
In addition to these regulations, we may face adverse consequences if we violate the federal Stark laws related to certain Medicare physician referrals. The Stark laws prohibit a physician from referring Medicare patients for certain designated health services where the physician has an ownership interest in or compensation arrangement with the provider of the services, with limited exceptions. Also, any services furnished pursuant to a prohibited referral are not eligible for payment by the Medicare programs, and the provider is prohibited from billing any third party for such services. The Stark laws provide for the imposition of a civil monetary penalty of $15,000 per service and exclusion from Medicare for any person who presents or causes to be presented a bill or claim the person knows or should know is submitted in violation of the Stark laws. Such designated health services include physical therapy services; occupational therapy services; radiology services, including CT, MRI and ultrasound; durable medical equipment and services; radiation therapy services and supplies; parenteral and enteral nutrients, equipment and supplies; prosthetics, orthotics and prosthetic devices and supplies; home health services; outpatient prescription drugs; inpatient and outpatient hospital services; clinical laboratory services; and, effective January 1, 2007, diagnostic and therapeutic nuclear medical services.
 
Regulations Regarding Patient Record Confidentiality.  We are also subject to laws and regulations enacted to protect the confidentiality of patient health information. For example, the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services has issued rules pursuant to HIPAA, which relate to the privacy of certain patient information. These rules govern our use and disclosure of protected health information. We have established policies and procedures to comply with HIPAA privacy requirements at these facilities. We believe that we are in compliance with all current HIPAA laws and regulations.
 
Antitrust Laws.  We are also subject to federal and state antitrust laws. Enforcement of the antitrust laws against healthcare providers is common, and antitrust liability may arise in a wide variety of circumstances, including third party contracting, physician relations, joint venture, merger, affiliation and acquisition activities. In some respects, the application of federal and state antitrust laws to healthcare is still evolving, and enforcement activity by federal and state agencies appears to be increasing. At various times, healthcare providers and insurance and managed care organizations may be subject to an investigation by a governmental agency charged with the enforcement of antitrust laws, or may be subject to administrative or judicial action by a federal or state agency or a private party. Violators of the antitrust laws could be subject to criminal and civil enforcement by federal and state agencies, as well as by private litigants.
 
Environmental Matters
 
Our business is subject to a variety of federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations. As a healthcare provider, we face regulatory requirements in areas of air and water quality control, medical and low-level radioactive waste management and disposal, asbestos management, response to mold and lead-based paint in our facilities and employee safety.
 
As an owner or operator of our facilities, we also may be required to investigate and remediate hazardous substances that are located on and/or under the property, including any such substances that may have migrated off, or may have been discharged or transported from the property. Part of our operations involves the handling, use, storage, transportation, disposal and discharge of medical, biological, infectious, toxic, flammable and other hazardous materials, wastes, pollutants or contaminants. In addition, we are sometimes unable to determine with certainty whether prior uses of our facilities and properties or surrounding properties may have produced continuing environmental contamination or noncompliance, particularly where the timing or cost of making such determinations is not deemed cost-effective. These activities, as well as the possible presence of such materials in, on and under our properties, may result in damage to individuals, property or the environment; may interrupt operations or increase costs; may result in legal liability, damages, injunctions or fines; may result in investigations, administrative proceedings, penalties or other governmental agency actions; and may not be covered by insurance.


12


Table of Contents

We believe that we are in material compliance with applicable environmental and occupational health and safety requirements. However, we cannot assure you that we will not encounter environmental liabilities in the future, and such liabilities may result in material adverse consequences to our operations or financial condition.
 
Payor Sources
 
Total Revenue by Payor Sources.  We derive revenue primarily from the Medicaid and Medicare programs, private pay patients and managed care payors. Medicaid typically covers patients that require standard room and board services, and provides reimbursement rates that are generally lower than rates earned from other sources. We monitor our quality mix, which is the percentage of non-Medicaid revenue from each of our facilities, to measure the level of more attractive reimbursements that we received across each of our business units. We intend to continue to focus on enhancing our care offerings to accommodate more high acuity patients.
 
Medicaid.  Medicaid is a state-administered program financed by state funds and matching federal funds. Medicaid programs are administered by the states and their political subdivisions, and often go by state-specific names, such as Medi-Cal in California and the Arizona Healthcare Cost Containment System in Arizona. Medicaid programs generally provide health benefits for qualifying individuals, and may supplement Medicare benefits for financially needy persons aged 65 and older. Medicaid reimbursement formulas are established by each state with the approval of the federal government in accordance with federal guidelines. Seniors who enter skilled nursing facilities as private pay clients can become eligible for Medicaid once they have substantially depleted their assets. Medicaid is the largest source of funding for nursing home facilities.
 
Private and Other Payors.  Private and other payors consist primarily of individuals, family members or other third parties who directly pay for the services we provide.
 
Medicare.  Medicare is a federal program that provides healthcare benefits to individuals who are 65 years of age or older or are disabled. To achieve and maintain Medicare certification, a skilled nursing facility must meet the CMS, “Conditions of Participation” on an ongoing basis, as determined in periodic facility inspections or “surveys” conducted primarily by the state licensing agency in the state where the facility is located. Medicare pays for inpatient skilled nursing facility services under the prospective payment system. The prospective payment for each beneficiary is based upon the medical condition of and care needed by the beneficiary. Medicare skilled nursing facility coverage is limited to 100 days per episode of illness for those beneficiaries who require daily care following discharge from an acute care hospital.
 
Managed Care and Private Insurance.  Managed care patients consist of individuals who are insured by a third-party entity, typically a senior HMO plan, or who are Medicare beneficiaries who have assigned their Medicare benefits to a senior HMO plan. Another type of insurance, long-term care insurance, is also becoming more widely available to consumers, but is not expected to contribute significantly to industry revenues in the near term.
 
Billing and Reimbursement.  Our revenue from government payors, including Medicare and state Medicaid agencies is subject to retroactive adjustments in the form of claimed overpayments and underpayments based on rate adjustments, asserted billing and reimbursement errors, and claimed overpayments and underpayments. We believe billing and reimbursement errors, disagreements, overpayments and underpayments are common in our industry, and we are regularly engaged with government payors and their fiscal intermediaries in reviews, audits and appeals of our claims for reimbursement due to the subjectivities inherent in the processes related to patient diagnosis and care, recordkeeping, claims processing and other aspects of the patient service and reimbursement processes, and the errors and disagreements those subjectivities can produce.
 
We take seriously our responsibility to act appropriately under applicable laws and regulations, including Medicare and Medicaid billing and reimbursement laws and regulations. Accordingly, we employ accounting, reimbursement and compliance specialists who train, mentor and assist our clerical, clinical and rehabilitation staffs in the preparation of claims and supporting documentation, regularly monitor billing and reimbursement practices within our facilities, and assist with the appeal of overpayment and recoupment claims generated by governmental, fiscal intermediary and other auditors and reviewers. In addition, due to the potentially serious consequences that could arise from any impropriety in our billing and reimbursement processes, we investigate all allegations of


13


Table of Contents

impropriety or irregularity relative thereto, and sometimes do so with the aid of outside auditors, other than our independent registered public accounting firm, attorneys and other professionals.
 
Whether information about our billing and reimbursement processes is obtained from external sources or activities such as Medicare and Medicaid audits or probe reviews, internal investigations such as the one completed in early 2008 (discussed below in Risk Factors), or our regular day-to-day monitoring and training activities, we collect and utilize such information to improve our billing and reimbursement functions and the various processes related thereto. While, like other operators in our industry, we experience billing and reimbursement errors, disagreements and other effects of the inherent subjectivities in reimbursement processes on a regular basis, we believe that we are in substantial compliance with applicable Medicare and Medicaid reimbursement requirements. We continually strive to improve the efficiency and accuracy of all of our operational and business functions, including our billing and reimbursement processes.
 
The following table sets forth the payor sources of our total revenue for the periods indicated:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
          (In thousands)        
 
Payor Sources for All Facilities:
                       
Medicare
  $ 154,852     $ 123,170     $ 117,511  
Managed care
    64,361       52,779       44,487  
Private and other payors(1)
    54,123       52,579       45,312  
Medicaid
    196,036       182,790       151,264  
                         
Total revenue
  $ 469,372     $ 411,318     $ 358,574  
                         
 
 
(1) Includes revenue from our assisted living facilities.
 
Payor Sources as a Percentage of Skilled Nursing Services.  We use both our skilled mix and quality mix as measures of the quality of reimbursements we receive at our skilled nursing facilities over various periods. The following table sets forth our percentage of skilled nursing patient days by payor source:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
 
Percentage of Skilled Nursing Days:
                       
Medicare
    14.7 %     13.6 %     15.0 %
Managed care
    9.7       9.1       9.3  
                         
Skilled mix
    24.4       22.7       24.3  
Private and other payors
    12.7       13.0       13.1  
                         
Quality mix
    37.1       35.7       37.4  
Medicaid
    62.9       64.3       62.6  
                         
Total skilled nursing
    100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %
                         
 
Reimbursement for Specific Services
 
Reimbursement for Skilled Nursing Services.  Skilled nursing facility revenue is primarily derived from Medicaid, private pay, managed care and Medicare payors. Our skilled nursing facilities provide Medicaid-covered services to eligible individuals consisting of nursing care, room and board and social services. In addition, states may, at their option, cover other services such as physical, occupational and speech therapies.
 
Reimbursement for Rehabilitation Therapy Services.  Rehabilitation therapy revenue is primarily received from private pay and Medicare for services provided at skilled nursing facilities and assisted living facilities. The payments are based on negotiated patient per diem rates or a negotiated fee schedule based on the type of service rendered.


14


Table of Contents

Reimbursement for Assisted Living Services.  Assisted living facility revenue is primarily derived from private pay residents at rates we establish based upon the services we provide and market conditions in the area of operation. In addition, Medicaid or other state-specific programs in some states where we operate supplement payments for board and care services provided in assisted living facilities.
 
Available Information
 
We are subject to the reporting requirements under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934. Consequently, we are required to file reports and information with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), including reports on the following forms: annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. These reports and other information concerning the company may be accessed through the SEC’s website at http://www. sec.gov.
 
You may also find on our website at http://www. ensigngroup.net, electronic copies of our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Such filings are placed on our website as soon as reasonably possible after they are filed with the SEC. All such filings are available free of charge. Information contained in our website is not deemed to be a part of this Annual Report.
 
Item 1A.   Risk Factors
 
Set forth below are certain risk factors that could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition. You should carefully read the following risk factors, together with the financial statements, related notes and other information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements that contain risks and uncertainties. Please refer to the section entitled “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” on page 1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K in connection with your consideration of the risk factors and other important factors that may affect future results described below.
 
Risks Related to Our Business and Industry
 
Our revenue could be impacted by federal and state changes to reimbursement and other aspects of Medicaid and Medicare.
 
We derived approximately 42% and 33% of our revenue from the Medicaid and Medicare programs, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2008 and 44% and 30% for the year ended December 31, 2007, respectively. If reimbursement rates under these programs are reduced or fail to increase as quickly as our costs, or if there are changes in the way these programs pay for services, our business and results of operations would be adversely affected. The services for which we are currently reimbursed by Medicaid and Medicare may not continue to be reimbursed at adequate levels or at all. Further limits on the scope of services being reimbursed, delays or reductions in reimbursement or changes in other aspects of reimbursement could impact our revenue. For example, in the past, the enactment of the Deficit Reduction Act of 2005 (DRA), the Medicaid Voluntary Contribution and Provider-Specific Tax Amendments of 1991 and the Balanced Budget Act of 1997 (BBA) caused changes in government reimbursement systems, which, in some cases, made obtaining reimbursements more difficult and costly and lowered or restricted reimbursement rates for some of our residents.
 
The Medicaid and Medicare programs are subject to statutory and regulatory changes affecting base rates or basis of payment, retroactive rate adjustments, administrative or executive orders and government funding restrictions, all of which may materially adversely affect the rates and frequency at which these programs reimburse us for our services. Implementation of these and other measures to reduce or delay reimbursement could result in substantial reductions in our revenue and profitability. Payors may disallow our requests for reimbursement based on determinations that certain costs are not reimbursable or reasonable because either adequate or additional documentation was not provided or because certain services were not covered or considered reasonably necessary. Additionally, revenue from these payors can be retroactively adjusted after a new examination during the claims settlement process or as a result of post-payment audits. New legislation and regulatory


15


Table of Contents

proposals could impose further limitations on government payments to healthcare providers. These and other changes to the reimbursement and other aspects of Medicaid and Medicare could adversely affect our revenue.
 
Our future revenue, financial condition and results of operations could be impacted by continued cost containment pressures on Medicaid spending.
 
Medicaid, which is largely administered by the states, is a significant payor for our skilled nursing services. Rapidly increasing Medicaid spending, combined with slow state revenue growth, has led many states to institute measures aimed at controlling spending growth. Because state legislatures control the amount of state funding for Medicaid programs, cuts or delays in approval of such funding by legislatures could reduce the amount of, or cause a delay in, payment from Medicaid to skilled nursing facilities. We expect continuing cost containment pressures on Medicaid outlays for skilled nursing facilities.
 
To generate funds to pay for the increasing costs of the Medicaid program, many states utilize financial arrangements such as provider taxes. Under provider tax arrangements, states collect taxes or fees from healthcare providers and then return the revenue to these providers as Medicaid expenditures. Congress, however, has placed restrictions on states’ use of provider tax and donation programs as a source of state matching funds. Under the Medicaid Voluntary Contribution and Provider-Specific Tax Amendments of 1991, the federal medical assistance percentage available to a state was reduced by the total amount of healthcare related taxes that the state imposed, unless certain requirements are met. The federal medical assistance percentage is not reduced if the state taxes are broad-based and not applied specifically to Medicaid reimbursed services. In addition, the healthcare providers receiving Medicaid reimbursement must be at risk for the amount of tax assessed and must not be guaranteed to receive reimbursement through the applicable state Medicaid program for the tax assessed. Lower Medicaid reimbursement rates would adversely affect our revenue, financial condition and results of operations.
 
If Medicare reimbursement rates decline, our revenue, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.
 
Over the past several years, the federal government has periodically changed various aspects of Medicare reimbursements for skilled nursing facilities. Medicare Part A covers inpatient hospital services, skilled nursing care and some home healthcare. Medicare Part B covers physician and other health practitioner services, some supplies and a variety of medical services not covered under Medicare Part A.
 
Medicare coverage of skilled nursing services is available only if the patient is hospitalized for at least three consecutive days, the need for such services is related to the reason for the hospitalization, and the patient is admitted to the facility within 30 days following discharge from a Medicare participating hospital. Medicare coverage of skilled nursing services is limited to 100 days per benefit period after discharge from a Medicare participating hospital or critical access hospital. The patient must pay coinsurance amounts for the twenty-first day and each of the remaining days of covered care per benefit period.
 
Medicare payments for skilled nursing services are paid on a case-mix adjusted per diem prospective payment system (PPS) for all routine, ancillary and capital-related costs. The prospective payment for skilled nursing services is based solely on the adjusted federal per diem rate. Although Medicare payment rates under the skilled nursing facility PPS increased temporarily for federal fiscal years 2003 and 2004, new payment rates for federal fiscal year 2005 took effect for discharges beginning October 1, 2004. A regulation by CMS sets forth a schedule of prospective payment rates applicable to Medicare Part A skilled nursing services that took effect on October 1, 2007, and included a full market basket increase of 3.3%. There can be no assurance that the skilled nursing facility PPS rates will be sufficient to cover our actual costs of providing skilled nursing facility services.
 
On July 31, 2008, CMS released its final rule on the fiscal year 2009 PPS reimbursement rates for skilled nursing facilities, which resulted in a 3.4% market basket increase. The final rule increased aggregate payments to skilled nursing facilities nationwide by $780 million. In addition, CMS decided to defer consideration of the $770 million reduction in payments to skilled nursing facilities, contemplated in the initial proposal on May 2, 2008 until 2009 when the fiscal year 2010 PPS reimbursement rates are set.


16


Table of Contents

Skilled nursing facilities are also required to perform consolidated billing for items and services furnished to patients and residents during a Part A covered stay and therapy services furnished during Part A and Part B covered stays. The consolidated billing requirement essentially confers on the skilled nursing facility itself the Medicare billing responsibility for the entire package of care that its residents receive in these situations. The BBA also affected skilled nursing facility payments by requiring that post-hospitalization skilled nursing services be “bundled” into the hospital’s Diagnostic Related Group (DRG) payment in certain circumstances. Where this rule applies, the hospital and the skilled nursing facility must, in effect, divide the payment which otherwise would have been paid to the hospital alone for the patient’s treatment, and no additional funds are paid by Medicare for skilled nursing care of the patient. At present, this provision applies to a limited number of DRGs, but already is apparently having a negative effect on skilled nursing facility utilization and payments, either because hospitals are finding it difficult to place patients in skilled nursing facilities which will not be paid as before or because hospitals are reluctant to discharge the patients to skilled nursing facilities and lose part of their payment. This bundling requirement could be extended to more DRGs in the future, which would accentuate the negative impact on skilled nursing facility utilization and payments.
 
Skilled nursing facility prospective payment rates, as they may change from time to time, may be insufficient to cover our actual costs of providing skilled nursing services to Medicare patients. In addition, we may not be fully reimbursed for all services for which each facility bills through consolidated billing. If Medicare reimbursement rates decline, it could adversely affect our revenue, financial condition and results of operations.
 
We are subject to various government reviews, audits and investigations that could adversely affect our business, including an obligation to refund amounts previously paid to us, potential criminal charges, the imposition of fines, and/or the loss of our right to participate in Medicare and Medicaid programs.
 
As a result of our participation in the Medicaid and Medicare programs, we are subject to various governmental reviews, audits and investigations to verify our compliance with these programs and applicable laws and regulations. Private pay sources also reserve the right to conduct audits. An adverse review, audit or investigation could result in:
 
  •  an obligation to refund amounts previously paid to us pursuant to the Medicare or Medicaid programs or from private payors, in amounts that could be material to our business;
 
  •  state or federal agencies imposing fines, penalties and other sanctions on us;
 
  •  loss of our right to participate in the Medicare or Medicaid programs or one or more private payor networks;
 
  •  an increase in private litigation against us; and
 
  •  damage to our reputation in various markets.
 
We believe that billing and reimbursement errors and disagreements are common in our industry. We are regularly engaged in reviews, audits and appeals of our claims for reimbursement due to the subjectivities inherent in the processes related to patient diagnosis and care, record keeping, claims processing and other aspects of the patient service and reimbursement processes, and the errors and disagreements those subjectivities can produce.
 
In 2004, our Medicare fiscal intermediary began to conduct selected reviews of claims previously submitted by and paid to some of our facilities. While we have always been subject to post-payment audits and reviews, more intensive “probe reviews” appear to be a permanent procedure with our fiscal intermediary.
 
In some cases, probe reviews can also result in a facility being temporarily placed on prepayment review of reimbursement claims, requiring additional documentation and adding steps and time to the reimbursement process for the affected facility. Payment delays resulting from the prepayment review process could have an adverse effect on our cash flow, and such adverse effect could be material if multiple facilities were placed on prepayment review simultaneously.
 
Failure to meet claim filing and documentation requirements during the prepayment review could subject a facility to an even more intensive “targeted review,” where a corrective action plan addressing perceived deficiencies must be prepared by the facility and approved by the fiscal intermediary. During a targeted review,


17


Table of Contents

additional claims are reviewed pre-payment to ensure that the prescribed corrective actions are being followed. Failure to make corrections or to otherwise meet the claim documentation and submission requirements could eventually result in Medicare decertification.
 
Separately, in 2006, the federal government introduced a program that utilizes independent contractors (other than the fiscal intermediaries) known as recovery audit contractors to identify and recoup Medicare overpayments. These recovery audit contractors are paid a contingent fee based on recoupments. In October 2008, this program was permanently implemented and requires the expansion of the program to all 50 states by no later than 2010. We anticipate that the number of overpayment reviews could increase in the future, and that the reviewers could be more aggressive in making claims for recoupment. In 2006, one of our facilities was subjected to review under this program, resulting in a recoupment to the federal government of approximately $12,000. If future Medicare reviews result in significant refund payments to the federal government, it would have an adverse effect on our financial results.
 
The reduction in overall Medicaid and Medicare spending pursuant to the Deficit Reduction Act of 2005 and the increased costs to comply with the Deficit Reduction Act of 2005 could adversely affect our revenue, financial condition or results of operations.
 
The DRA provides for a reduction in overall Medicaid and Medicare spending by approximately $11.0 billion over five years. Under the DRA, individuals who transferred assets for less than fair market value during a five year look-back period will be ineligible for Medicaid for so long as they would have been able to fund their cost of care absent the transfer or until the transfer would no longer have been made during the look-back period. This period is referred to as the penalty period. The DRA also changes the calculation for determining when the penalty period begins, and prohibits states from ignoring small asset transfers and other asset transfer mechanisms. In addition, the legislation reduces Medicare skilled nursing facility bad debt payments by 30% for those individuals who are not dually eligible for Medicaid and Medicare. If any of our existing Medicaid patients become ineligible under the DRA during their stay, it would be difficult for us to collect from them or transfer them, and our revenue could decrease without a corresponding decrease in expenses related to the care of those patients. The loss of revenue associated with potential reductions in skilled nursing facility payments could adversely affect our revenue, financial condition or results of operations. The DRA also requires entities which receive at least $5.0 million in annual Medicaid dollars each year to provide education to their employees concerning false claims laws and protections for whistleblowers. The DRA also requires those entities to provide contractors and vendors with similar information. As a result, we have and will continue to expend resources to meet these requirements. Further, the requirement that we provide education to employees and contractors regarding false claims laws and other fraud and abuse laws may result in increased investigations into these matters.
 
Each year the federal government releases a budget proposal, which, if enacted, may have a material effect on our business. From time to time, such proposals include significant reductions in Medicare spending, including among other things, a freeze on or reduction to Medicare spending for skilled nursing facilities. For example, the Bush Administration’s fiscal year 2009 budget proposal included significant reductions, which in large part ultimately were not enacted by Congress for the 2009 budget. We cannot predict whether future proposed budgets will include reductions in Medicare spending, but if such reductions are enacted, this may have a material effect on our business.
 
Annual caps that limit the amounts that can be paid for outpatient therapy services rendered to any Medicare beneficiary may reduce our future revenue and profitability or cause us to incur losses.
 
Some of our rehabilitation therapy revenue is paid by the Medicare Part B program under a fee schedule. Congress has established annual caps that limit the amounts that can be paid (including deductible and coinsurance amounts) for rehabilitation therapy services rendered to any Medicare beneficiary under Medicare Part B. The BBA requires a combined cap for physical therapy and speech-language pathology and a separate cap for occupational therapy. Due to a series of moratoria enacted subsequent to the BBA, the caps were only in effect in 1999 and for a few months in 2003. With the expiration of the most recent moratorium, the caps were reinstated on January 1, 2006 at $1,740 for physical therapy and speech therapy, and $1,740 for occupational therapy. Each of these caps increased to $1,780 on January 1, 2007 and $1,810 on January 1, 2008.


18


Table of Contents

The DRA directs CMS to create a process to allow exceptions to therapy caps for certain medically necessary services provided on or after January 1, 2006 for patients with certain conditions or multiple complexities whose therapy services are reimbursed under Medicare Part B. A significant portion of the residents in our skilled nursing facilities and patients served by our rehabilitation therapy programs whose therapy is reimbursed under Medicare Part B have qualified for the exceptions to these reimbursement caps. On July 15, 2008, the Medicare Improvements for Patients and Providers Act of 2008 extended the exceptions to these therapy caps until December 31, 2009.
 
The application of annual caps, or the discontinuation of exceptions to the annual caps, could have an adverse effect on our rehabilitation therapy revenue. Additionally, the exceptions to these caps may not be extended beyond December 31, 2009, which could also have an adverse effect on our revenue after that date.
 
We are subject to extensive and complex federal and state government laws and regulations which could change at any time and increase our cost of doing business and subject us to enforcement actions.
 
We, along with other companies in the healthcare industry, are required to comply with extensive and complex laws and regulations at the federal, state and local government levels relating to, among other things:
 
  •  facility and professional licensure, certificates of need, permits and other government approvals;
 
  •  adequacy and quality of healthcare services;
 
  •  qualifications of healthcare and support personnel;
 
  •  quality of medical equipment;
 
  •  confidentiality, maintenance and security issues associated with medical records and claims processing;
 
  •  relationships with physicians and other referral sources and recipients;
 
  •  constraints on protective contractual provisions with patients and third-party payors;
 
  •  operating policies and procedures;
 
  •  certification of additional facilities by the Medicare program; and
 
  •  payment for services.
 
The laws and regulations governing our operations, along with the terms of participation in various government programs, regulate how we do business, the services we offer, and our interactions with patients and other healthcare providers. These laws and regulations are subject to frequent change. We believe that such regulations may increase in the future and we cannot predict the ultimate content, timing or impact on us of any healthcare reform legislation. Changes in existing laws or regulations, or the enactment of new laws or regulations, could negatively impact our business. If we fail to comply with these applicable laws and regulations, we could suffer civil or criminal penalties and other detrimental consequences, including denial of reimbursement, imposition of fines, temporary suspension of admission of new patients, suspension or decertification from the Medicaid and Medicare programs, restrictions on our ability to acquire new facilities or expand or operate existing facilities, the loss of our licenses to operate and the loss of our ability to participate in federal and state reimbursement programs.
 
We are subject to federal and state laws, such as the Federal False Claims Act, state false claims acts, the illegal remuneration provisions of the Social Security Act, the federal anti-kickback laws, state anti-kickback laws, and the federal “Stark” laws, that govern financial and other arrangements among healthcare providers, their owners, vendors and referral sources, and that are intended to prevent healthcare fraud and abuse. Among other things, these laws prohibit kickbacks, bribes and rebates, as well as other direct and indirect payments or fee-splitting arrangements that are designed to induce the referral of patients to a particular provider for medical products or services payable by any federal healthcare program, and prohibit presenting a false or misleading claim for payment under a federal or state program. They also prohibit some physician self-referrals. Possible sanctions for violation of any of these restrictions or prohibitions include loss of eligibility to participate in federal and state reimbursement programs and civil and criminal penalties. Changes in these laws could increase our cost of doing business. If we fail to comply, even inadvertently, with any of these requirements, we could be required to alter our operations, refund payments to the government, enter into corporate integrity, deferred prosecution or similar


19


Table of Contents

agreements with state or federal government agencies, and become subject to significant civil and criminal penalties.
 
We are also required to comply with state and federal laws governing the transmission, privacy and security of health information. The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA) requires us to comply with certain standards for the use of individually identifiable health information within our company, and the disclosure and electronic transmission of such information to third parties, such as payors, business associates and patients. These include standards for common electronic healthcare transactions and information, such as claim submission, plan eligibility determination, payment information submission and the use of electronic signatures; unique identifiers for providers, employers and health plans; and the security and privacy of individually identifiable health information. In addition, some states have enacted comparable or, in some cases, more stringent privacy and security laws. If we fail to comply with these state and federal laws, we could be subject to criminal penalties and civil sanctions and be forced to modify our policies and procedures.
 
We are unable to predict the future course of federal, state and local regulation or legislation, including Medicaid and Medicare statutes and regulations. Changes in the regulatory framework, our failure to obtain or renew required regulatory approvals or licenses or to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, the suspension or revocation of our licenses or our disqualification from participation in federal and state reimbursement programs, or the imposition of other harsh enforcement sanctions could increase our cost of doing business and expose us to potential sanctions. Furthermore, if we were to lose licenses or certifications for any of our facilities as a result of regulatory action or otherwise, we could be deemed to be in default under some of our agreements, including agreements governing outstanding indebtedness and lease obligations.
 
Any changes in the interpretation and enforcement of the laws or regulations governing our business could cause us to modify our operations, increase our cost of doing business and subject us to potential regulatory action.
 
The interpretation and enforcement of federal and state laws and regulations governing our operations, including, but not limited to, laws and regulations relating to Medicaid and Medicare, the Federal False Claims Act, state false claims acts, the illegal remuneration provisions of the Social Security Act, the federal anti-kickback laws, state anti-kickback laws, the federal Stark laws, and HIPAA, are subject to frequent change. Governmental authorities may interpret these laws in a manner inconsistent with our interpretation and application. If we fail to comply, even inadvertently, with any of these requirements, we could be required to alter our operations and reduce, forego or refund reimbursements to the government, or incur other significant penalties. We could also be compelled to divert personnel and other resources to responding to an investigation or other enforcement action under these laws or regulations, or to ongoing compliance with a corporate integrity agreement, deferred prosecution agreement, court order or similar agreement. The diversion of these resources, including our management team, clinical and compliance staff, and others, would take away from the time and energy these individuals devote to routine operations. Furthermore, federal, state and local officials are increasingly focusing their efforts on enforcement of these laws, particularly with respect to providers who share common ownership or control with other providers. The increased enforcement of these requirements could affect our ability to expand into new markets, to expand our services and facilities in existing markets and, if any of our presently licensed facilities were to operate outside of its licensing authority, may subject us to penalties, including closure of the facility.
 
We are unable to predict the intensity of federal and state enforcement actions or the areas in which regulators may choose to focus their investigations at any given time. Changes in government agency interpretation of applicable regulatory requirements, or changes in enforcement methodologies, including increases in the scope and severity of deficiencies determined by survey or inspection officials, could increase our cost of doing business. Furthermore, should we lose licenses or certifications for any of our facilities as a result of changing regulatory interpretations, enforcement actions or otherwise, we could be deemed to be in default under some of our agreements, including agreements governing outstanding indebtedness and lease obligations.


20


Table of Contents

Increased civil and criminal enforcement efforts of government agencies against skilled nursing facilities could harm our business, and could preclude us from participating in federal healthcare programs.
 
Both federal and state government agencies have heightened and coordinated civil and criminal enforcement efforts as part of numerous ongoing investigations of healthcare companies and, in particular, skilled nursing facilities. The focus of these investigations includes, among other things:
 
  •  cost reporting and billing practices;
 
  •  quality of care;
 
  •  financial relationships with referral sources; and
 
  •  medical necessity of services provided.
 
If any of our facilities is decertified or loses its licenses, our revenue, financial condition or results of operations would be adversely affected. In addition, the report of such issues at any of our facilities could harm our reputation for quality care and lead to a reduction in our patient referrals and ultimately a reduction in occupancy at these facilities. Also, responding to enforcement efforts would divert material time, resources and attention from our management team and our staff, and could have a materially detrimental impact on our results of operations during and after any such investigation or proceedings, regardless of whether we prevail on the underlying claim.
 
Federal law provides that practitioners, providers and related persons may not participate in most federal healthcare programs, including the Medicaid and Medicare programs, if the individual or entity has been convicted of a criminal offense related to the delivery of a product or service under these programs or if the individual or entity has been convicted under state or federal law of a criminal offense relating to neglect or abuse of patients in connection with the delivery of a healthcare product or service. Other individuals or entities may be, but are not required to be, excluded from such programs under certain circumstances, including, but not limited to, the following:
 
  •  conviction related to fraud;
 
  •  conviction relating to obstruction of an investigation;
 
  •  conviction relating to a controlled substance;
 
  •  licensure revocation or suspension;
 
  •  exclusion or suspension from state or other federal healthcare programs;
 
  •  filing claims for excessive charges or unnecessary services or failure to furnish medically necessary services;
 
  •  ownership or control of an entity by an individual who has been excluded from the Medicaid or Medicare programs, against whom a civil monetary penalty related to the Medicaid or Medicare programs has been assessed or who has been convicted of a criminal offense under federal healthcare programs; and
 
  •  the transfer of ownership or control interest in an entity to an immediate family or household member in anticipation of, or following, a conviction, assessment or exclusion from the Medicare or Medicaid programs.
 
The Office of Inspector General (OIG), among other priorities, is responsible for identifying and eliminating fraud, abuse and waste in certain federal healthcare programs. The OIG has implemented a nationwide program of audits, inspections and investigations and from time to time issues “fraud alerts” to segments of the healthcare industry on particular practices that are vulnerable to abuse. The fraud alerts inform healthcare providers of potentially abusive practices or transactions that are subject to criminal activity and reportable to the OIG. An increasing level of resources has been devoted to the investigation of allegations of fraud and abuse in the Medicaid and Medicare programs, and federal and state regulatory authorities are taking an increasingly strict view of the requirements imposed on healthcare providers by the Social Security Act and Medicaid and Medicare programs. Although we have created a corporate compliance program that we believe is consistent with the OIG guidelines, the OIG may modify its guidelines or interpret its guidelines in a manner inconsistent with our interpretation or the OIG may ultimately determine that our corporate compliance program is insufficient.


21


Table of Contents

In some circumstances, if one facility is convicted of abusive or fraudulent behavior, then other facilities under common control or ownership may be decertified from participating in Medicaid or Medicare programs. Federal regulations prohibit any corporation or facility from participating in federal contracts if it or its principals have been barred, suspended or declared ineligible from participating in federal contracts. In addition, some state regulations provide that all facilities under common control or ownership licensed within a state may be de-licensed if one or more of the facilities are de-licensed. If any of our facilities were decertified or excluded from participating in Medicaid or Medicare programs, our revenue would be adversely affected.
 
Public and governmental calls for increased survey and enforcement efforts against long-term care facilities could result in increased scrutiny by state and federal survey agencies.
 
CMS has undertaken several initiatives to increase or intensify Medicaid and Medicare survey and enforcement activities, including federal oversight of state actions. CMS is taking steps to focus more survey and enforcement efforts on facilities with findings of substandard care or repeat violations of Medicaid and Medicare standards, and to identify multi-facility providers with patterns of noncompliance. In addition, the Department of Health and Human Services has adopted a rule that requires CMS to charge user fees to healthcare facilities cited during regular certification, recertification or substantiated complaint surveys for deficiencies, which require a revisit to assure that corrections have been made. CMS is also increasing its oversight of state survey agencies and requiring state agencies to use enforcement sanctions and remedies more promptly when substandard care or repeat violations are identified, to investigate complaints more promptly, and to survey facilities more consistently.
 
In addition, CMS has adopted, and is considering additional regulations expanding federal and state authority to impose civil monetary penalties in instances of noncompliance. When a facility is found to be deficient under state licensing and Medicaid and Medicare standards, sanctions may be threatened or imposed such as denial of payment for new Medicaid and Medicare admissions, civil monetary penalties, focused state and federal oversight and even loss of eligibility for Medicaid and Medicare participation or state licensure. Sanctions such as denial of payment for new admissions often are scheduled to go into effect before surveyors return to verify compliance. Generally, if the surveyors confirm that the facility is in compliance upon their return, the sanctions never take effect. However, if they determine that the facility is not in compliance, the denial of payment goes into effect retroactive to the date given in the original notice. This possibility sometimes leaves affected operators, including us, with the difficult task of deciding whether to continue accepting patients after the potential denial of payment date, thus risking the retroactive denial of revenue associated with those patients’ care if the operators are later found to be out of compliance, or simply refusing admissions from the potential denial of payment date until the facility is actually found to be in compliance.
 
Facilities with otherwise acceptable regulatory histories generally are given an opportunity to correct deficiencies and continue their participation in the Medicare and Medicaid programs by a certain date, usually within six months, although where denial of payment remedies are asserted, such interim remedies go into effect much sooner. Facilities with deficiencies that immediately jeopardize patient health and safety and those that are classified as poor performing facilities, however, are not generally given an opportunity to correct their deficiencies prior to the imposition of remedies and other enforcement actions. Moreover, facilities with poor regulatory histories continue to be classified by CMS as poor performing facilities notwithstanding any intervening change in ownership, unless the new owner obtains a new Medicare provider agreement instead of assuming the facility’s existing agreement. However, new owners (including us, historically) nearly always assume the existing Medicare provider agreement due to the difficulty and time delays generally associated with obtaining new Medicare certifications, especially in previously-certified locations with sub-par operating histories. Accordingly, facilities that have poor regulatory histories before we acquire them and that develop new deficiencies after we acquire them are more likely to have sanctions imposed upon them by CMS or state regulators. In addition, CMS has increased its focus on facilities with a history of serious quality of care problems through the special focus facility initiative. A facility’s administrators and owners are notified when it is identified as a special focus facility. This information is also provided to the general public. The special focus facility designation is based in part on the facility’s compliance history typically dating before our acquisition of the facility. Local state survey agencies recommend to CMS that facilities be placed on special focus status. A special focus facility receives heightened scrutiny and more frequent regulatory surveys. Failure to improve the quality of care can result in fines and termination from


22


Table of Contents

participation in Medicare and Medicaid. A facility “graduates” from the program once it demonstrates significant improvements in quality of care that are continued over time. We have had three facilities placed on special focus facility status, due largely or entirely to their respective regulatory histories prior to our acquisition of the operations and have successfully graduated two of them from the program to date. We currently have one facility operating under special focus status, and the state survey agency has indicated that some or all of the historical non-compliance considered in placing this facility on special focus status predated our 2006 acquisitions of the facility.
 
State efforts to regulate or deregulate the healthcare services industry or the construction or expansion of healthcare facilities could impair our ability to expand our operations, or could result in increased competition.
 
Some states require healthcare providers, including skilled nursing facilities, to obtain prior approval, known as a certificate of need, for:
 
  •  the purchase, construction or expansion of healthcare facilities;
 
  •  capital expenditures exceeding a prescribed amount; or
 
  •  changes in services or bed capacity.
 
In addition, other states that do not require certificates of need have effectively barred the expansion of existing facilities and the development of new ones by placing partial or complete moratoria on the number of new Medicaid beds they will certify in certain areas or in the entire state. Other states have established such stringent development standards and approval procedures for constructing new healthcare facilities that the construction of new facilities, or the expansion or renovation of existing facilities, may become cost-prohibitive or extremely time-consuming. Our ability to acquire or construct new facilities or expand or provide new services at existing facilities would be adversely affected if we are unable to obtain the necessary approvals, if there are changes in the standards applicable to those approvals, or if we experience delays and increased expenses associated with obtaining those approvals. We may not be able to obtain licensure, certificate of need approval, Medicaid certification, or other necessary approvals for future expansion projects. Conversely, the elimination or reduction of state regulations that limit the construction, expansion or renovation of new or existing facilities could result in increased competition to us or result in overbuilding of facilities in some of our markets. If overbuilding in the skilled nursing industry in the markets in which we operate were to occur, it could reduce the occupancy rates of existing facilities and, in some cases, might reduce the private rates that we charge for our services.
 
Changes in federal and state employment-related laws and regulations could increase our cost of doing business.
 
Our operations are subject to a variety of federal and state employment-related laws and regulations, including, but not limited to, the U.S. Fair Labor Standards Act which governs such matters as minimum wages, overtime and other working conditions, the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) and similar state laws that provide civil rights protections to individuals with disabilities in the context of employment, public accommodations and other areas, the National Labor Relations Act, regulations of the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, regulations of the Office of Civil Rights, regulations of state Attorneys General, family leave mandates and a variety of similar laws enacted by the federal and state governments that govern these and other employment law matters. Because labor represents such a large portion of our operating costs, changes in federal and state employment-related laws and regulations could increase our cost of doing business.
 
The compliance costs associated with these laws and evolving regulations could be substantial. For example, all of our facilities are required to comply with the ADA. The ADA has separate compliance requirements for “public accommodations” and “commercial properties,” but generally requires that buildings be made accessible to people with disabilities. Compliance with ADA requirements could require removal of access barriers and non-compliance could result in imposition of government fines or an award of damages to private litigants. Further legislation may impose additional burdens or restrictions with respect to access by disabled persons. In addition, federal proposals to introduce a system of mandated health insurance and flexible work time and other similar initiatives could, if implemented, adversely affect our operations. We also may be subject to employee-related


23


Table of Contents

claims such as wrongful discharge, discrimination or violation of equal employment law. While we are insured for these types of claims, we could experience damages that are not covered by our insurance policies or that exceed our insurance limits, and we may be required to pay such damages directly, which would negatively impact our cash flow from operations.
 
Compliance with federal and state fair housing, fire, safety and other regulations may require us to make unanticipated expenditures, which could be costly to us.
 
We must comply with the federal Fair Housing Act and similar state laws, which prohibit us from discriminating against individuals on certain bases in any of our practices if it would cause such individuals to face barriers in gaining residency in any of our facilities. Additionally, the Fair Housing Act and other similar state laws require that we advertise our services in such a way that we promote diversity and not limit it. We may be required, among other things, to change our marketing techniques to comply with these requirements.
 
In addition, we are required to operate our facilities in compliance with applicable fire and safety regulations, building codes and other land use regulations and food licensing or certification requirements as they may be adopted by governmental agencies and bodies from time to time. Like other healthcare facilities, our skilled nursing facilities are subject to periodic surveys or inspections by governmental authorities to assess and assure compliance with regulatory requirements. Surveys occur on a regular (often annual or biannual) schedule, and special surveys may result from a specific complaint filed by a patient, a family member or one of our competitors. We may be required to make substantial capital expenditures to comply with these requirements.
 
We depend largely upon reimbursement from third-party payors, and our revenue, financial condition and results of operations could be negatively impacted by any changes in the acuity mix of patients in our facilities as well as payor mix and payment methodologies.
 
Our revenue is affected by the percentage of our patients who require a high level of skilled nursing and rehabilitative care, whom we refer to as high acuity patients, and by our mix of payment sources. Changes in the acuity level of patients we attract, as well as our payor mix among Medicaid, Medicare, private payors and managed care companies, significantly affect our profitability because we generally receive higher reimbursement rates for high acuity patients and because the payors reimburse us at different rates. Governmental payment programs are subject to statutory and regulatory changes, retroactive rate adjustments, administrative or executive orders and government funding restrictions, all of which may materially increase or decrease the rate of program payments to us for our services. For the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, approximately 75% and 74% of our revenue, respectively, was provided by government payors that reimburse us at predetermined rates. If our labor or other operating costs increase, we will be unable to recover such increased costs from government payors. Accordingly, if we fail to maintain our proportion of high acuity patients or if there is any significant increase in the percentage of our patients for whom we receive Medicaid reimbursement, our results of operations may be adversely affected.
 
Initiatives undertaken by major insurers and managed care companies to contain healthcare costs may adversely affect our business. These payors attempt to control healthcare costs by contracting with healthcare providers to obtain services on a discounted basis. We believe that this trend will continue and may limit reimbursements for healthcare services. If insurers or managed care companies from whom we receive substantial payments were to reduce the amounts they pay for services, we may lose patients if we choose not to renew our contracts with these insurers at lower rates.
 
Increased competition for, or a shortage of, nurses and other skilled personnel could increase our staffing and labor costs and subject us to monetary fines.
 
Our success depends upon our ability to retain and attract nurses, Certified Nurse Assistants (CNAs) and therapists. Our success also depends upon our ability to retain and attract skilled management personnel who are responsible for the day-to-day operations of each of our facilities. Each facility has a facility leader responsible for the overall day-to-day operations of the facility, including quality of care, social services and financial performance. Depending upon the size of the facility, each facility leader is supported by facility staff who are directly responsible for day-to-day care of the patients and either facility staff or regional support to oversee the facility’s marketing and


24


Table of Contents

community outreach programs. Other key positions supporting each facility may include individuals responsible for physical, occupational and speech therapy, food service and maintenance. We compete with various healthcare service providers, including other skilled nursing providers, in retaining and attracting qualified and skilled personnel.
 
We operate one or more skilled nursing facilities in the states of California, Arizona, Texas, Washington, Utah and Idaho. With the exception of Utah, which follows federal regulations, each of these states has established minimum staffing requirements for facilities operating in that state. In California, the California Department of Health Services (DHS) enforces legislation that requires each skilled nursing facility to provide a minimum of 3.2 nursing hours per patient day. DHS enforces this requirement primarily through on-site reviews conducted during periodic licensing and certification surveys and in response to complaints. If a facility is determined to be out of compliance with this minimum staffing requirement, DHS may issue a notice of deficiency, or a citation, depending on the impact on patient care. A citation carries with it the imposition of monetary fines that can range from $100 to $100,000 per citation. The issuance of either a notice of deficiency or a citation requires the facility to prepare and implement an acceptable plan of correction. If we are unable to satisfy the minimum staffing requirements required by DHS, we could be subject to significant monetary fines. In addition, if DHS were to issue regulations which materially change the way compliance with the minimum staffing standard is calculated or enforced, our labor costs could increase and the current shortage of healthcare workers could impact us more significantly.
 
Washington requires that at least one registered nurse directly supervise resident care for a minimum of 16 hours per day, seven days per week, and that one registered nurse or licensed practical nurse directly supervise resident care during the remaining eight hours per day, seven days per week. State regulators may inspect skilled nursing facilities at any time to verify compliance with these requirements. If deficiencies are found, regulators may issue a citation and require the facility to prepare and execute a plan of correction. Failure to satisfactorily complete a plan of correction can result in civil fines of between $50 and $3,000 per day or between $1,000 and $3,000 per instance. Failure to correct deficiencies can also result in the suspension, revocation or nonrenewal of the skilled nursing facility’s license. In addition, deficiencies can result in the suspension of resident admissions and/or the termination of Medicaid participation. If we are unable to satisfy the minimum staffing requirements in Washington, we could be subject to monetary fines and potential loss of license.
 
In Idaho, skilled nursing facilities with 59 or fewer residents must provide an average of 2.4 nursing hours per resident per day, including the supervising nurse’s hours. Skilled nursing facilities with 60 or more residents must provide an average of 2.4 nursing hours per resident per day, excluding the supervising nurse’s hours. A facility complies with these requirements if the total nursing hours for the previous seven days equal or exceed the minimum staffing ratio for the period, averaged on a daily basis, if the facility has received prior approval to calculate nursing hours in this manner. State regulators may inspect a facility at any time to verify compliance with these requirements. If any deficiencies are found and not timely or adequately corrected, regulators can revoke the facility’s skilled nursing facility license. If we are unable to satisfy the minimum staffing requirements in Idaho, we could be subject to potential loss of our license.
 
Texas requires that a facility maintain a ratio of one licensed nursing staff person for each 20 residents for every 24 hour period, or a minimum of 0.4 licensed-care hours per resident day. State regulators may inspect a facility at any time to verify compliance with these requirements. Uncorrected deficiencies can result in the civil fines of between $100 and $10,000 per day per deficiency. Failure to correct deficiencies can further result in the revocation of the facility’s skilled nursing facility license. In addition, deficiencies can result in the suspension of patient admissions and/or the termination of Medicaid participation. If we are unable to satisfy the minimum staffing requirements in Texas, we could be subject to monetary fines and potential loss of our license.
 
Arizona requires that at least one nurse must be present and responsible for providing direct care to not more than 64 residents. State regulators may impose civil fines for a facility’s failure to comply with the laws and regulations governing skilled nursing facilities. Violations can result in civil fines in an amount not to exceed $500 per violation. Each day that a violation occurs constitutes a separate violation. In addition, such noncompliance can result in the suspension or revocation of the facility’s license. If we are unable to satisfy the minimum staffing requirements in Arizona, we could be subject to fines and/or revocation of license.


25


Table of Contents

Utah has no state-specific minimum staffing requirement beyond those required by federal regulations. Federal law requires that a facility have sufficient nursing staff to provide nursing and related services. Sufficient staff means, unless waived under certain circumstances, a licensed nurse to function as the charge nurse, and the services of a registered nurse for at least eight consecutive hours per day, seven days per week.
 
Failure to comply with these requirements can, among other things, jeopardize a facility’s compliance with the conditions of participation under relevant state and federal healthcare programs.
 
We have hired personnel, including skilled nurses and therapists, from outside the United States. If immigration laws are changed, or if new and more restrictive government regulations proposed by the Department of Homeland Security are enacted, our access to qualified and skilled personnel may be limited. Increased competition for or a shortage of nurses or other trained personnel, or general inflationary pressures may require that we enhance our pay and benefits packages to compete effectively for such personnel. We may not be able to offset such added costs by increasing the rates we charge to our patients. Turnover rates and the magnitude of the shortage of nurses or other trained personnel vary substantially from facility to facility. An increase in costs associated with, or a shortage of, skilled nurses, could negatively impact our business. In addition, if we fail to attract and retain qualified and skilled personnel, our ability to conduct our business operations effectively would be harmed.
 
We operate in at least one state that requires us to verify employment eligibility using procedures and standards that exceed those required under federal Form I-9 and the statutes and regulations related thereto. Proposed federal regulations would extend similar requirements to all of the states in which our facilities operate. To the extent that such proposed regulations or similar measures become effective, and we are required by state or federal authorities to verify work authorization or legal residence for current and prospective employees beyond existing Form I-9 requirements and other statutes and regulations currently in effect, it may make it more difficult for us to recruit, hire and/or retain qualified employees, may increase our risk of non-compliance with state and federal employment, immigration, licensing and other laws and regulations and could increase our cost of doing business.
 
We are subject to litigation that could result in significant legal costs and large settlement amounts or damage awards.
 
The skilled nursing business involves a significant risk of liability given the age and health of our patients and residents and the services we provide. We and others in our industry are subject to a large and increasing number of claims and lawsuits, including professional liability claims, alleging that our services have resulted in personal injury, elder abuse, wrongful death or other related claims. The defense of these lawsuits may result in significant legal costs, regardless of the outcome, and can result in large settlement amounts or damage awards. Plaintiffs tend to sue every healthcare provider who may have been involved in the patient’s care and, accordingly, we respond to multiple lawsuits and claims every year.
 
In addition, plaintiffs’ attorneys have become increasingly more aggressive in their pursuit of claims against healthcare providers, including skilled nursing providers and other long-term care companies, and have employed a wide variety of advertising and publicity strategies. Among other things, these strategies include establishing their own Internet websites, paying for premium advertising space on other websites, paying Internet search engines to optimize their plaintiff solicitation advertising so that it appears in advantageous positions on Internet search results, including results from searches for our company and facilities, using newspaper, magazine and television ads targeted at customers of the healthcare industry generally, as well as at customers of specific providers, including us. From time to time, law firms claiming to specialize in long-term care litigation have named us, our facilities and other specific healthcare providers and facilities in their advertising and solicitation materials. These advertising and solicitation activities could result in more claims and litigation, which could increase our liability exposure and legal expenses, divert the time and attention of our personnel from day-to-day business operations, and materially and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
 
Certain lawsuits filed on behalf of patients of long-term care facilities for alleged negligence and/or alleged abuses have resulted in large damage awards against other companies, both in and related to our industry. In addition, there has been an increase in the number of class action suits filed against long-term and rehabilitative care companies. A class action suit was previously filed against us alleging, among other things, violations of certain


26


Table of Contents

California Health and Safety Code provisions and a violation of the California Consumer Legal Remedies Act at certain of our facilities. We settled this class action suit and this settlement was approved by the affected class and the Court in April 2007. However, we could be subject to similar actions in the future.
 
In addition to the class action, professional liability and other types of lawsuits and claims described above, we are also subject to potential lawsuits under the Federal False Claims Act and comparable state laws governing submission of fraudulent claims for services to any healthcare program (such as Medicare) or payor. These lawsuits, which may be initiated by the government or by a private party asserting direct knowledge of the claimed fraud or misconduct, can result in the imposition on a company of significant monetary damages, fines and attorney fees (a portion of which may be awarded to the private parties who successfully identify the subject practices), as well as significant legal expenses and other costs to the company in connection with defending against such claims. Insurance is not available to cover such losses. Penalties for Federal False Claims Act violations include fines ranging from $5,500 to $11,000 for each false claim, plus up to three times the amount of damages sustained by the federal government. A violation may also provide the basis for exclusion from federally-funded healthcare programs. If one of our facilities or key employees were excluded from such participation, such exclusion could have a correlative negative impact on our financial performance. In addition, some states, including California, Arizona and Texas, have enacted similar whistleblower and false claims laws and regulations.
 
In addition, the DRA created incentives for states to enact anti-fraud legislation modeled on the Federal False Claims Act. The DRA sets forth standards for state false claims acts to meet, including: (a) liability to the state for false or fraudulent claims with respect to any expenditure described in the Medicaid program; (b) provisions at least as effective as federal provisions in rewarding and facilitating whistleblower actions; (c) requirements for filing actions under seal for sixty days with review by the state’s attorney general; and (d) civil penalties no less than authorized under the federal statutes. As such, we could face increased scrutiny, potential liability and legal expenses and costs based on claims under state false claims acts in existing and future markets in which we do business. Any of this potential litigation could result in significant legal costs and large settlement amounts or damage awards.
 
In addition, we contract with a variety of landlords, lenders, vendors, suppliers, consultants and other individuals and businesses. These contracts typically contain covenants and default provisions. If the other party to one or more of our contracts were to allege that we have violated the contract terms, we could be subject to civil liabilities which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
 
Were litigation to be instituted against one or more of our subsidiaries, a successful plaintiff might attempt to hold us or another subsidiary liable for the alleged wrongdoing of the subsidiary principally targeted by the litigation. If a court in such litigation decided to disregard the corporate form, the resulting judgment could increase our liability and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
 
On April 9, 2008, Congress proposed the Fairness in Nursing Home Arbitration Act of 2008. In September 2008, the bill was passed by a Senate Judiciary Committee and was subject to a vote in the Senate. However, the Senate failed to vote on the bill and the 110th Congress ended before any further action occurred. The bill may be reintroduced in the 111th Congress. This bill would require, among other things, that agreements to arbitrate nursing home disputes be made after the dispute has arisen, not before prospective residents move in, to prevent nursing home operators and prospective residents from mutually entering into a pre-admission pre-dispute arbitration agreement. We use arbitration agreements, which have generally been favored by the courts, to streamline the dispute resolution process and reduce our exposure to legal fees and excessive jury awards. If we are not able to secure pre-admission arbitration agreements, our litigation exposure and costs of defense in patient liability actions could increase, our liability insurance premiums could increase, and our business may be adversely affected
 
As Medicare and Medicaid certified providers, our operating subsidiaries undergo periodic audits and “probe reviews” by government agents, which can result in recoupments of prior revenue of the government, cause further reimbursements to be delayed or held and could result in civil or criminal sanctions.
 
Our facilities undergo regular claims submission audits by government reimbursement programs in the normal course of their business, and such audits can result in adjustments to their past billings and reimbursements from


27


Table of Contents

such programs. In addition to such audits, several of our facilities have recently participated in more intensive “probe reviews” as described above, conducted by our Medicare fiscal intermediary. Some of these probe reviews identified patient miscoding, documentation deficiencies and other errors in recordkeeping and Medicare billing. If the government or court were to conclude that such errors and deficiencies constituted criminal violations, or were to conclude that such errors and deficiencies resulted in the submission of false claims to federal healthcare programs, or if it were to discover other problems in addition to the ones identified by the probe reviews that rose to actionable levels, we and certain of our officers might face potential criminal charges and/or civil claims, administrative sanctions and penalties for amounts that could be material to our business, results of operations and financial condition. Such amounts could include claims for treble damages and penalties of up to $11,000 per false claim submitted to a federal healthcare program.
 
In addition, we and/or some of our key personnel could be temporarily or permanently excluded from future participation in state and federal healthcare reimbursement programs such as Medicaid and Medicare. In any event, it is likely that a governmental investigation alone, regardless of its outcome, would divert material time, resources and attention from our management team and our staff, and could have a materially detrimental impact on our results of operations during and after any such investigation or proceedings.
 
The U.S. Department of Justice is conducting an investigation into the billing and reimbursement processes of some of our operating subsidiaries, which could adversely affect our operations and financial condition.
 
In March 2007, we and certain of our officers received a series of notices from our bank indicating that the United States Attorney for the Central District of California had issued an authorized investigative demand, a request for records similar to a subpoena, to our bank. The U.S. Attorney subsequently rescinded that demand. The rescinded demand requested documents from our bank related to financial transactions involving us, ten of our operating subsidiaries, an outside investor group, and certain of our current and former officers. Subsequently, in June of 2007, the U.S. Attorney sent a letter to one of our current employees requesting a meeting. The letter indicated that the U.S. Attorney and the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services Office of Inspector General were conducting an investigation of claims submitted to the Medicare program for rehabilitation services provided at unspecified facilities. Although both we and the employee offered to cooperate, the U.S. Attorney later withdrew its meeting request.
 
On December 17, 2007, we were informed by Deloitte & Touche LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm that the U.S. Attorney served a grand jury subpoena on Deloitte & Touche LLP, relating to The Ensign Group, Inc., and several of our operating subsidiaries. The subpoena confirmed our previously reported belief that the U.S. Attorney was conducting an investigation involving facilities operated by certain of our operating subsidiaries. All together, the March 2007 authorized investigative demand and the December 2007 subpoena specifically covered information from a total of 18 of our 63 facilities. In February 2008, the U.S. Attorney contacted two additional current employees. Both we and the employees contacted have offered to cooperate and meet with the U.S. Attorney, however, to date, the U.S. Attorney has declined these offers. Based on these events, we believe that the U.S. Attorney may be conducting parallel criminal, civil and administrative investigations involving The Ensign Group and one or more of our skilled nursing facilities.
 
Pursuant to these investigations, on December 17, 2008, representatives from the U.S. Department of Justice (DOJ) served search warrants on our Service Center and six of our Southern California skilled nursing facilities. Following the execution of the warrants on the six facilities, a subpoena was issued covering eight additional facilities. We and our regulatory counsel are actively working with the U.S. Attorney’s office to determine what additional documents will be assistive to their inquiry, and to help target the scope of the production, pursuant to the subpoena, to those documents.
 
We are cooperating with the U.S. Attorney’s office, and intend to continue working with them to the extent they will allow us to help move their inquiry forward. To our knowledge, however, neither The Ensign Group, Inc. nor any of its operating subsidiaries or employees has been formally charged with any wrongdoing. We cannot predict or provide any assurance as to the possible outcome of the investigation or any possible related proceedings, or as to the possible outcome of any qui tam litigation that may follow, nor can we estimate the possible loss or range of loss


28


Table of Contents

that may result from any such proceedings and, therefore, we have not recorded any related accruals. To the extent the U.S. Attorney’s office elects to pursue this matter, or if the investigation has been instigated by a qui tam relator who elects to pursue the matter, and we are subjected to or alleged to be liable for claims or obligations under federal Medicare statutes, the federal False Claims Act, or similar state and federal statutes and related regulations, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected and our stock price could decline.
 
We conducted an internal investigation into the billing and reimbursement processes of some of our operating subsidiaries. Future reviews could result in additional billing and reimbursement noncompliance, which would also decrease our revenue.
 
We initiated an internal investigation in November 2006 when we became aware of an allegation of possible reimbursement irregularities at one or more of our facilities. This investigation focused on 12 facilities, and included all six of the facilities which were covered by the warrants served in December 2008. We retained outside counsel to assist us in looking into these matters. We and our outside counsel concluded this investigation in February 2008 without identifying any systemic or patterns and practices of fraudulent or intentional misconduct. We made observations at certain facilities regarding areas of potential improvement in some of our recordkeeping and billing practices and have implemented measures, some of which were already underway before the investigation began, that we believe will strengthen our recordkeeping and billing processes. None of these additional findings or observations appears to be rooted in fraudulent or intentional misconduct. We continue to evaluate the measures we have implemented for effectiveness, and we are continuing to seek ways to improve these processes.
 
As a byproduct of our investigation we identified a limited number of selected Medicare claims for which adequate backup documentation could not be located or for which other billing deficiencies existed. We, with the assistance of independent consultants experienced in Medicare billing, completed a billing review on these claims. To the extent missing documentation was not located, we treated the claims as overpayments. Consistent with healthcare industry accounting practices, we record any charge for refunded payments against revenue in the period in which the claim adjustment becomes known. During the year ended December 31, 2007, we accrued a liability of approximately $224,000, plus interest, for selected Medicare claims for which documentation has not been located or for other billing deficiencies identified to date. These claims have been submitted for settlement with the Medicare Fiscal Intermediary. If additional reviews result in identification and quantification of additional amounts to be refunded, we would accrue additional liabilities for claim costs and interest, and repay any amounts due in normal course. If future investigations ultimately result in findings of significant billing and reimbursement noncompliance which could require us to record significant additional provisions or remit payments, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected and our stock price could decline.
 
We may be unable to complete future facility acquisitions at attractive prices or at all, which may adversely affect our revenue; we may also elect to dispose of underperforming or non-strategic operations, which would also decrease our revenue.
 
To date, our revenue growth has been significantly driven by our acquisition of new facilities. Subject to general market conditions and the availability of essential resources and leadership within our company, we continue to seek both single-and multi-facility acquisition opportunities that are consistent with our geographic, financial and operating objectives.
 
We face competition for the acquisition of facilities and expect this competition to increase. Based upon factors such as our ability to identify suitable acquisition candidates, the purchase price of the facilities, prevailing market conditions, the availability of leadership to manage new facilities and our own willingness to take on new operations, the rate at which we have historically acquired facilities has fluctuated significantly. In the future, we anticipate the rate at which we may acquire facilities will continue to fluctuate, which may affect our revenue.
 
We have also historically acquired a few facilities, either because they were included in larger, indivisible groups of facilities or under other circumstances, which were or have proven to be non-strategic or less desirable, and we may consider disposing of such facilities or exchanging them for facilities which are more desirable. To the


29


Table of Contents

extent we dispose of such a facility without simultaneously acquiring a facility in exchange, our revenues might decrease.
 
We may not be able to successfully integrate acquired facilities into our operations, and we may not achieve the benefits we expect from any of our facility acquisitions.
 
We may not be able to successfully or efficiently integrate new acquisitions with our existing operations, culture and systems. The process of integrating acquired facilities into our existing operations may result in unforeseen operating difficulties, divert management’s attention from existing operations, or require an unexpected commitment of staff and financial resources, and may ultimately be unsuccessful. Existing facilities available for acquisition frequently serve or target different markets than those that we currently serve. We also may determine that renovations of acquired facilities and changes in staff and operating management personnel are necessary to successfully integrate those facilities into our existing operations. We may not be able to recover the costs incurred to reposition or renovate newly acquired facilities. The financial benefits we expect to realize from many of our acquisitions are largely dependent upon our ability to improve clinical performance, overcome regulatory deficiencies, rehabilitate or improve the reputation of the facilities in the community, increase and maintain occupancy, control costs, and in some cases change the patient acuity mix. If we are unable to accomplish any of these objectives at facilities we acquire, we will not realize the anticipated benefits and we may experience lower-than anticipated profits, or even losses.
 
In 2008, we acquired two skilled nursing facilities with a total of 219 licensed beds. In 2007, we acquired three skilled nursing facilities and one campus that offers both skilled nursing and assisted living services, with a total of 508 licensed beds. This growth has placed and will continue to place significant demands on our current management resources. Our ability to manage our growth effectively and to successfully integrate new acquisitions into our existing business will require us to continue to expand our operational, financial and management information systems and to continue to retain, attract, train, motivate and manage key employees, including facility-level leaders and our local directors of nursing. We may not be successful in attracting qualified individuals necessary for future acquisitions to be successful, and our management team may expend significant time and energy working to attract qualified personnel to manage facilities we may acquire in the future. Also, the newly acquired facilities may require us to spend significant time improving services that have historically been substandard, and if we are unable to improve such facilities quickly enough, we may be subject to litigation and/or loss of licensure or certification. If we are not able to successfully overcome these and other integration challenges, we may not achieve the benefits we expect from any of our facility acquisitions, and our business may suffer.
 
In undertaking acquisitions, we may be adversely impacted by costs, liabilities and regulatory issues that may adversely affect our operations.
 
In undertaking acquisitions, we also may be adversely impacted by unforeseen liabilities attributable to the prior providers who operated those facilities, against whom we may have little or no recourse. Many facilities we have historically acquired were underperforming financially and had clinical and regulatory issues prior to and at the time of acquisition. Even where we have improved operations and patient care at facilities that we have acquired, we still may face post-acquisition regulatory issues related to pre-acquisition events. These may include, without limitation, payment recoupment related to our predecessors’ prior noncompliance, the imposition of fines, penalties, operational restrictions or special regulatory status. Further, we may incur post-acquisition compliance risk due to the difficulty or impossibility of immediately or quickly bringing non-compliant facilities into full compliance. Diligence materials pertaining to acquisition targets, especially the underperforming facilities that often represent the greatest opportunity for return, are often inadequate, inaccurate or impossible to obtain, sometimes requiring us to make acquisition decisions with incomplete information. Despite our due diligence procedures, facilities that we have acquired or may acquire in the future may generate unexpectedly low returns, may cause us to incur substantial losses, may require unexpected levels of management time, expenditures or other resources, or may otherwise not meet a risk profile that our investors find acceptable. For example, in July of 2006 we acquired a facility that had a history of intermittent noncompliance. Although the facility had been already surveyed once by the local state survey agency after being acquired by us, and that survey would have met the


30


Table of Contents

heightened requirements of the special focus facility program, based upon the facility’s compliance history prior to our acquisition, in January 2008, state officials nevertheless recommended to CMS that the facility be placed on special focus facility status. In addition, in October of 2006, we acquired a facility which had a history of intermittent non-compliance. This facility was surveyed by the local state survey agency during the third quarter of 2008 and passed the heightened survey requirements of the special focus facility program, and has successfully graduated from the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services’ Special Focus program. We currently have one facility remaining on special focus facility status.
 
In addition, we might encounter unanticipated difficulties and expenditures relating to any of the acquired facilities, including contingent liabilities. For example, when we acquire a facility, we generally assume the facility’s existing Medicare provider number for purposes of billing Medicare for services. If CMS later determined that the prior owner of the facility had received overpayments from Medicare for the period of time during which it operated the facility, or had incurred fines in connection with the operation of the facility, CMS could hold us liable for repayment of the overpayments or fines. If the prior operator is defunct or otherwise unable to reimburse us, we may be unable to recover these funds. We may be unable to improve every facility that we acquire. In addition, operation of these facilities may divert management time and attention from other operations and priorities, negatively impact cash flows, result in adverse or unanticipated accounting charges, or otherwise damage other areas of our company if they are not timely and adequately improved.
 
We also incur regulatory risk in acquiring certain facilities due to the licensing, certification and other regulatory requirements affecting our right to operate the acquired facilities. For example, in order to acquire facilities on a predictable schedule, or to acquire declining operations quickly to prevent further pre-acquisition declines, we frequently acquire such facilities prior to receiving license approval or provider certification. We operate such facilities as the interim manager for the outgoing licensee, assuming financial responsibility, among other obligations for the facility. If we were subsequently denied licensure or certification for any reason, we might not realize the expected benefits of the acquisition and would likely incur unanticipated costs and other challenges which could cause our business to suffer.
 
We are subject to reviews relating to Medicare overpayments, which could result in recoupment to the federal government of Medicare revenue.
 
We are subject to reviews relating to Medicare services, billings and potential overpayments. Recent probe reviews, as described above, resulted in Medicare revenue recoupment, net of appeal recoveries, to the federal government and related resident copayments of approximately $4,000 during the year ended December 31, 2008, $35,000 during the year ended December 31, 2007, $253,000 in fiscal year 2006 and $215,000 in fiscal year 2005. We anticipate that these probe reviews will increase in frequency in the future. In addition, two of our facilities are currently on prepayment review, and others may be placed on prepayment review in the future. If a facility fails prepayment review, the facility could then be subject to undergo targeted review, which is a review that targets perceived claims deficiencies. We have no facilities that are currently undergoing targeted review.
 
Potential sanctions and remedies based upon alleged regulatory deficiencies could negatively affect our financial condition and results of operations.
 
We have received notices of potential sanctions and remedies based upon alleged regulatory deficiencies from time to time, and such sanctions have been imposed on some of our facilities. CMS has included one of our facilities on its recently released list of special focus facilities, which are described above and other facilities may be identified for such status in the future, the sanctions for which involve increased scrutiny in the form of more frequent inspection visits from state regulators. From time to time, we have opted to voluntarily stop accepting new patients pending completion of a new state survey, in order to avoid possible denial of payment for new admissions during the deficiency cure period, or simply to avoid straining staff and other resources while retraining staff, upgrading operating systems or making other operational improvements. In the past, some of our facilities have been in denial of payment status due to findings of continued regulatory deficiencies, resulting in an actual loss of the revenue associated with the Medicare and Medicaid patients admitted after the denial of payment date. Additional sanctions could ensue and, if imposed, these sanctions, entailing various remedies up to and including decertification, would further negatively affect our financial condition and results of operations.


31


Table of Contents

The intensified and evolving enforcement environment impacts providers like us because of the increase in the scope or number of inspections or surveys by governmental authorities and the severity of consequent citations for alleged failure to comply with regulatory requirements. We also divert personnel resources to respond to federal and state investigations and other enforcement actions. The diversion of these resources, including our management team, clinical and compliance staff, and others take away from the time and energy that these individuals could otherwise spend on routine operations. As noted, from time to time in the ordinary course of business, we receive deficiency reports from state and federal regulatory bodies resulting from such inspections or surveys. The focus of these deficiency reports tends to vary from year to year. Although most inspection deficiencies are resolved through an agreed-upon plan of corrective action, the reviewing agency typically has the authority to take further action against a licensed or certified facility, which could result in the imposition of fines, imposition of a provisional or conditional license, suspension or revocation of a license, suspension or denial of payment for new admissions, loss of certification as a provider under state or federal healthcare programs, or imposition of other sanctions, including criminal penalties. In the past, we have experienced inspection deficiencies that have resulted in the imposition of a provisional license and could experience these results in the future. We currently have one facility whereby the provisional license status is the result of inspection deficiencies. Furthermore, in some states citations in one facility impact other facilities in the state. Revocation of a license at a given facility could therefore impair our ability to obtain new licenses or to renew existing licenses at other facilities, which may also trigger defaults or cross-defaults under our leases and our credit arrangements, or adversely affect our ability to operate or obtain financing in the future. If state or federal regulators were to determine, formally or otherwise, that one facility’s regulatory history ought to impact another of our existing or prospective facilities, this could also increase costs, result in increased scrutiny by state and federal survey agencies, and even impact our expansion plans. Therefore, our failure to comply with applicable legal and regulatory requirements in any single facility could negatively impact our financial condition and results of operations as a whole.
 
We may not be successful in generating internal growth at our facilities by expanding occupancy at these facilities. We also may be unable to improve patient mix at our facilities.
 
Overall operational occupancy across all of our facilities was approximately 81% for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, leaving opportunities for internal growth without the acquisition or construction of new facilities. Because a large portion of our costs are fixed, a decline in our occupancy could adversely impact our financial performance. In addition, our profitability is impacted heavily by our patient mix. We generally generate greater profitability from non-Medicaid patients. If we are unable to maintain or increase the proportion of non-Medicaid patients in our facilities, our financial performance could be adversely affected.
 
Termination of our patient admission agreements and the resulting vacancies in our facilities could cause revenue at our facilities to decline.
 
Most state regulations governing skilled nursing and assisted living facilities require written patient admission agreements with each patient. Several of these regulations also require that each patient have the right to terminate the patient agreement for any reason and without prior notice. Consistent with these regulations, all of our skilled nursing patient agreements allow patients to terminate their agreements without notice, and all of our assisted living resident agreements allow residents to terminate their agreements upon thirty days’ notice. Patients and residents terminate their agreements from time to time for a variety of reasons, causing some fluctuations in our overall occupancy as patients and residents are admitted and discharged in normal course. If an unusual number of patients or residents elected to terminate their agreements within a short time, occupancy levels at our facilities could decline. As a result, beds may be unoccupied for a period of time, which would have a negative impact on our revenue, financial condition and results of operations.
 
We face significant competition from other healthcare providers and may not be successful in attracting patients and residents to our facilities.
 
The skilled nursing and assisted living industries are highly competitive, and we expect that these industries may become increasingly competitive in the future. Our skilled nursing facilities compete primarily on a local and regional basis with many long-term care providers, from national and regional multi-facility providers that have


32


Table of Contents

substantially greater financial resources to small providers who operate a single nursing facility. We also compete with other skilled nursing and assisted living facilities, and with inpatient rehabilitation facilities, long-term acute care hospitals, home healthcare and other similar services and care alternatives. Increased competition could limit our ability to attract and retain patients, attract and retain skilled personnel, maintain or increase private pay and managed care rates or expand our business. Our ability to compete successfully varies from location to location depending upon a number of factors, including:
 
  •  our ability to attract and retain qualified facility leaders, nursing staff and other employees;
 
  •  the number of competitors in the local market;
 
  •  the types of services available;
 
  •  our local reputation for quality care of patients;
 
  •  the commitment and expertise of our staff;
 
  •  our local service offerings; and
 
  •  the cost of care in each locality and the physical appearance, location, age and condition of our facilities.
 
We may not be successful in attracting patients to our facilities, particularly Medicare, managed care, and private pay patients who generally come to us at higher reimbursement rates. Some of our competitors have greater financial and other resources than us, may have greater brand recognition and may be more established in their respective communities than we are. Competing skilled nursing companies may also offer newer facilities or different programs or services than we do and may thereby attract current or potential patients. Other competitors may accept a lower margin, and, therefore, present significant price competition for managed care and private pay patients. In addition, some of our competitors operate on a not-for-profit basis or as charitable organizations and have the ability to finance capital expenditures on a tax-exempt basis or through the receipt of charitable contributions, neither of which are available to us.
 
Competition for the acquisition of strategic assets from buyers with lower costs of capital than us or that have lower return expectations than we do could limit our ability to compete for strategic acquisitions and therefore to grow our business effectively.
 
Several real estate investment trusts (REITs), other real estate investment companies, institutional lenders who have not traditionally taken ownership interests in operating businesses or real estate, as well as several skilled nursing and assisted living facility providers, have similar asset acquisition objectives as we do, along with greater financial resources and lower costs of capital than we are able to obtain. This may increase competition for acquisitions that would be suitable to us, making it more difficult for us to compete and successfully implement our growth strategy. Significant competition exists among potential acquirers in the skilled nursing and assisted living industries, including with REITs, and we may not be able to successfully implement our growth strategy or complete acquisitions, which could limit our ability to grow our business effectively.
 
If we do not achieve and maintain competitive quality of care ratings from CMS and private organizations engaged in similar monitoring activities, or if the frequency of CMS surveys and enforcement sanctions increases, our business may be negatively affected.
 
CMS, as well as certain private organizations engaged in similar monitoring activities, provides comparative data available to the public on its web site, rating every skilled nursing facility operating in each state based upon quality-of-care indicators. These quality-of-care indicators include such measures as percentages of patients with infections, bedsores and unplanned weight loss. In addition, CMS has undertaken an initiative to increase Medicaid and Medicare survey and enforcement activities, to focus more survey and enforcement efforts on facilities with findings of substandard care or repeat violations of Medicaid and Medicare standards, and to require state agencies to use enforcement sanctions and remedies more promptly when substandard care or repeat violations are identified. For example, one of our facilities is now surveyed every six months instead of every 12 to 15 months as a result of historical survey results that may date back to prior operators. We have found a correlation between negative


33


Table of Contents

Medicaid and Medicare surveys and the incidence of professional liability litigation. In 2006, we experienced a higher than normal number of negative survey findings in some of our facilities.
 
In December 2008, CMS introduced the Five-Star Quality Rating System to help consumers, their families and caregivers compare nursing homes more easily. The Five-Star Quality Rating System gives each nursing home a rating of between one and five stars in various categories. Nursing homes with five stars are intended to be considered to have above average quality and nursing homes with one star are intended to be considered to have quality much below average. The overall five-star rating for each nursing home is determined using the following three sources of information:
 
  •  Health Inspections — the health inspection rating contains information from the last three years of onsite inspections, including both standard surveys and any complaint surveys.
 
  •  Staffing — the staffing rating is based on the number of hours of care on average provided to each resident each day by nursing staff.
 
  •  Quality Measures — the quality measure rating has information on ten different physical and clinical measures for nursing home residents, such as presence of pressure sores or changes to resident’s mobility.
 
In cases of acquisitions, the previous operator’s clinical ratings are included in our overall Five-Star Quality Rating. The prior operator’s results will impact our rating until we have sufficient clinical measurements subsequent to the acquisition date.
 
If we are unable to achieve quality-of-care ratings that are comparable or superior to those of our competitors, our ability to attract and retain patients could be adversely affected.
 
Significant legal actions and liability claims against us in excess of insurance limits or outside of our insurance coverage could subject us to increased insurance costs, litigation reserves, operating costs and substantial uninsured liabilities.
 
We maintain liability insurance policies in amounts and with coverage limits and deductibles we believe are appropriate based on the nature and risks of our business, historical experience, industry standards and the price and availability of coverage in the insurance market. At any given time, we may have multiple current professional liability cases and/or other types of claims pending, which is common in our industry. In the past year, we have not paid or settled any claims in excess of the policy limits of our insurance coverages. We may face claims which exceed our insurance limits or are not covered by our policies.
 
We also face potential exposure to other types of liability claims, including, without limitation, directors’ and officers liability, employment practices and/or employment benefits liability, premises liability, and vehicle or other accident claims. Given the litigious environment in which all businesses operate, it is impossible to fully catalogue all of the potential types of liability claim that might be asserted against us. As a result of the litigation and potential litigation described above, as well as factors completely external to our company and endemic to the skilled nursing industry, during the past several years the overall cost of both general and professional liability insurance to the industry has dramatically increased, while the availability of affordable and favorable insurance coverage has dramatically decreased. If federal and state medical liability insurance reforms to limit future liability awards are not adopted and enforced, we expect that our insurance and liability costs may continue to increase.
 
In some states, the law prohibits or limits insurance coverage for the risk of punitive damages arising from professional liability and general liability claims or litigation. Coverage for punitive damages is also excluded under some insurance policies. As a result, we may be liable for punitive damage awards in these states that either are not covered or are in excess of our insurance policy limits. Claims against us, regardless of their merit or eventual outcome, also could inhibit our ability to attract patients or expand our business, and could require our management to devote time to matters unrelated to the day-to-day operation of our business.


34


Table of Contents

If we are unable to obtain insurance, or if insurance becomes more costly for us to obtain, our business may be adversely affected.
 
It may become more difficult and costly for us to obtain coverage for resident care liabilities and other risks, including property and casualty insurance. For example, the following circumstances may adversely affect our ability to obtain insurance at favorable rates:
 
  •  we experience higher-than-expected professional liability, property and casualty, or other types of claims or losses;
 
  •  we receive survey deficiencies or citations of higher-than-normal scope or severity;
 
  •  we acquire especially troubled operations or facilities that present unattractive risks to current or prospective insurers;
 
  •  insurers tighten underwriting standards applicable to us or our industry; or
 
  •  insurers or reinsurers are unable or unwilling to insure us or the industry at historical premiums and coverage levels.
 
If any of these potential circumstances were to occur, our insurance carriers may require us to significantly increase our self-insured retention levels or pay substantially higher premiums for the same or reduced coverage for insurance, including workers compensation, property and casualty, automobile, employment practices liability, directors and officers liability, employee healthcare and general and professional liability coverages.
 
With few exceptions, workers’ compensation and employee health insurance costs have also increased markedly in recent years. To partially offset these increases, we have increased the amounts of our self-insured retention (SIR) and deductibles in connection with general and professional liability claims. We also have implemented a self-insurance program for workers compensation in California, and elected non-subscriber status for workers compensation in Texas. If we are unable to obtain insurance, or if insurance becomes more costly for us to obtain, our business may be adversely affected.
 
Our self-insurance programs may expose us to significant and unexpected costs and losses.
 
Since 2001, we have maintained worker’s compensation and general and professional liability insurance through a wholly-owned subsidiary insurance company, Standardbearer Insurance Company, Ltd. (Standardbearer), to insure our SIR and deductibles as part of a continually evolving overall risk management strategy. In addition, from 2001 to 2002, we used Standardbearer to reinsure a “fronted” professional liability policy, and we may elect to do so again in the future. We establish the premiums to be paid to Standardbearer, and the loss reserves set by that subsidiary, based on an estimation process that uses information obtained from both company-specific and industry data. The estimation process requires us to continuously monitor and evaluate the life cycle of the claims. Using data obtained from this monitoring and our assumptions about emerging trends, we, along with an independent actuary, develop information about the size of ultimate claims based on our historical experience and other available industry information. The most significant assumptions used in the estimation process include determining the trend in costs, the expected cost of claims incurred but not reported and the expected costs to settle or pay damages with respect to unpaid claims. It is possible, however, that the actual liabilities may exceed our estimates of loss. We may also experience an unexpectedly large number of successful claims or claims that result in costs or liability significantly in excess of our projections. For these and other reasons, our self-insurance reserves could prove to be inadequate, resulting in liabilities in excess of our available insurance and self-insurance. If a successful claim is made against us and it is not covered by our insurance or exceeds the insurance policy limits, our business may be negatively and materially impacted. Further, because our SIR under our general and professional liability and workers compensation programs applies on a per claim basis, there is no limit to the maximum number of claims or the total amount for which we could incur liability in any policy period.
 
Our self-insured liabilities are based upon estimates, and while our management believes that the estimates of loss are appropriate, the ultimate liability may be in excess of, or less than, recorded amounts. Due to the inherent volatility of actuarially determined loss estimates, it is reasonably possible that we could experience changes in estimated losses which could be material to net income. We believe that we have recorded reserves for general


35


Table of Contents

liability, professional liability, worker’s compensation and healthcare benefits, at a level which has substantially mitigated the potential negative impact of adverse developments and/or volatility. In addition, if coverage becomes too difficult or costly to obtain from insurance carriers, we would have to self-insure a greater portion of our risks.
 
In May 2006, we began self-insuring our employee health benefits. With respect to our health benefits self-insurance, we do not yet have a meaningful multi-year loss history by which to set reserves or premiums, and have consequently relied heavily on general industry data that is not specific to our own company to set reserves and premiums. Even with a combination of limited company-specific loss data and general industry data, our loss reserves are based on actuarial estimates that may not correlate to actual loss experience in the future. Therefore, our reserves may prove to be insufficient and we may be exposed to significant and unexpected losses.
 
The geographic concentration of our facilities could leave us vulnerable to an economic downturn, regulatory changes or acts of nature in those areas.
 
Our facilities located in California and Arizona account for the majority of our total revenue. As a result of this concentration, the conditions of local economies, changes in governmental rules, regulations and reimbursement rates or criteria, changes in demographics, acts of nature and other factors that may result in a decrease in demand and/or reimbursement for skilled nursing services in these states could have a disproportionately adverse effect on our revenue, costs and results of operations. Moreover, since approximately half of our facilities are located in California, we are particularly susceptible to revenue loss, cost increase or damage caused by natural disasters such as fires, earthquakes or mudslides. In addition, to the extent we acquire additional facilities in Texas, we become more susceptible to revenue loss, cost increase or damage caused by hurricanes or flooding. Any significant loss due to a natural disaster may not be covered by insurance or may exceed our insurance limits and may also lead to an increase in the cost of insurance.
 
The actions of a national labor union that has been pursuing a negative publicity campaign criticizing our business may adversely affect our revenue and our profitability.
 
We continue to assert our right to inform our employees about our views of the potential impact of unionization upon the workplace generally and upon individual employees. With one exception, to our knowledge the staffs at our facilities that have been approached to unionize have uniformly rejected union organizing efforts. Because a majority of certain categories of service and maintenance employees at one of our facilities voted to accept union representation, we had recognized the union and been engaged in collective bargaining with that union since 2005; however, in March 2008, a substantial majority of the represented employees at that facility petitioned to remove the union as their bargaining representative, and we acceded to their wishes by withdrawing recognition of the union. The union filed, withdrew and then re-filed an unfair labor charge opposing the withdrawal of recognition. The National Labor Relations Board (NLRB) subsequently rejected the charge and affirmed the propriety of our withdrawal of recognition effectively terminating the union’s representation of the employee group. If employees of other facilities decide to unionize our cost of doing business could increase, and we could experience contract delays, difficulty in adapting to a changing regulatory and economic environment, cultural conflicts between unionized and non-unionized employees, and strikes and work stoppages, and we may conclude that affected facilities or operations would be uneconomical to continue operating.
 
The unwillingness on the part of both our management and staff to accede to union demands for “neutrality” and other concessions has resulted in a negative labor campaign by at least one labor union, the Service Employees International Union. From 2002 to 2007, this union, and individuals and organizations allied with or sympathetic to this union actively prosecuted a negative retaliatory publicity action, also known as a “corporate campaign,” against us and filed, promoted or participated in multiple legal actions against us. The union’s campaign asserted, among other allegations, poor treatment of patients, inferior medical services provided by our employees, poor treatment of our employees, and health code violations by us. In addition, the union has publicly mischaracterized actions taken by the DHS against us and our facilities. In numerous cases, the union’s allegations created the false impression that violations and other events that occurred at facilities prior to our acquisition of those facilities were caused by us. Since a large component of our business involves acquiring underperforming and distressed facilities, and improving the quality of operations at these facilities, we may have been associated with the past poor performance


36


Table of Contents

of these facilities. To the extent this union or another elects to directly or indirectly prosecute a corporate campaign against us or any of our facilities, our business could be negatively affected.
 
This union, along with individuals and organizations allied with or sympathetic to this union, has demanded focused regulatory oversight and public boycotts of some of our facilities. It has also attempted to pressure hospitals, doctors, insurers and other healthcare providers and professionals to cease doing business with or referring patients to us. If this union or another union is successful in convincing our patients, their families or our referral sources to reduce or cease doing business with us, our revenue may be reduced and our profitability could be adversely affected. Additionally, if we are unable to attract and retain qualified staff due to negative public relations efforts by this or other union organizations, our quality of service and our revenue and profits could decline. Our strategy for responding to union allegations involves clear public disclosure of the union’s identity, activities and agenda, and rebuttals to its negative campaign. Our ability to respond to unions, however, may be limited by some state laws, which purport to make it illegal for any recipient of state funds to promote or deter union organizing. For example, such a state law passed by the California Legislature was successfully challenged on the grounds that it was preempted by the National Labor Relations Act, only to have the challenge overturned by the Ninth Circuit in 2006 before being ultimately upheld by the United States Supreme Court in 2008. In addition, proposed legislation making it more difficult for employees and their supervisors to educate co-workers and oppose unionization, such as proposed Employer Free Choice Act which would allow organizing on a single “card check” and without a secret ballot, could make it more difficult to maintain union-free workplaces in our facilities. If proponents of these and similar laws are successful in facilitating unionization procedures or hindering employer responses thereto, our ability to oppose unionization efforts could be hindered, and our business could be negatively affected.
 
A number of our facilities are operated under master lease arrangements or leases that contain cross-default provisions, and in some cases the breach of a single facility lease could subject multiple facilities to the same risk.
 
We currently occupy approximately 10% of our facilities under agreements that are structured as master leases. Under a master lease, we may lease a large number of geographically dispersed properties through an indivisible lease. With an indivisible lease, it is difficult to restructure the composition of the portfolio or economic terms of the lease without the consent of the landlord. Failure to comply with Medicare or Medicaid provider requirements is a default under several of our master lease and debt financing instruments. In addition, other potential defaults related to an individual facility may cause a default of an entire master lease portfolio and could trigger cross-default provisions in our outstanding debt arrangements and other leases, which would have a negative impact on our capital structure and our ability to generate future revenue, and could interfere with our ability to pursue our growth strategy.
 
In addition, we occupy approximately 17% of our facilities under individual facility leases that are held by the same or related landlords, the largest of which covers five of our facilities. These leases typically contain cross-default provisions that could cause a default at one facility to trigger a technical default with respect to one or more other locations, potentially subjecting us to the various remedies available to the landlords under each of the related leases
 
Failure to generate sufficient cash flow to cover required payments or meet operating covenants under our long-term debt, mortgages and long-term operating leases could result in defaults under such agreements and cross-defaults under other debt, mortgage or operating lease arrangements, which could harm our operations and cause us to lose facilities or experience foreclosures.
 
At December 31, 2008, we had $60.6 million of outstanding indebtedness under our Third Amended and Restated Loan Agreement (the Term Loan), our Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement (the Revolver) and mortgage notes, plus $130.8 million of capital and operating lease obligations. We intend to continue financing our facilities through mortgage financing, long-term operating leases and other types of financing, including borrowings under our lines of credit and future credit facilities we may obtain.
 
On February 21, 2008, we amended our Revolver by extending the term to 2013, increasing the available credit thereunder up to the lesser of $50.0 million or 85% of the eligible accounts receivable, and changing the interest rate


37


Table of Contents

for all or any portion of the outstanding indebtedness thereunder to any of three options, as we may elect from time to time, (i) the 1, 2, 3 or 6 month LIBOR (at our option) plus 2.5%, or (ii) the greater of (a) prime plus 1.0% or (b) the federal funds rate plus 1.5% or (iii) a floating LIBOR rate plus 2.5%. The Revolver contains typical representations and financial and non-financial covenants for a loan of this type, a violation of which could result in a default under the Revolver and could possibly cause all amounts owed by us, including amounts due under the Term Loan, to be declared immediately due and payable. In addition, the Revolver includes provisions that allow the Lender to establish reserves against collateral for actual and contingent liabilities, a right which the Lender exercised with our cooperation in December 2008. This reserve restricts $6.0 million of our borrowing capacity, and may be reduced or eliminated based upon developments with respect to the ongoing U.S. Attorney investigation.
 
We may not generate sufficient cash flow from operations to cover required interest, principal and lease payments. In addition, from time to time the financial performance of one or more of our mortgaged facilities may not comply with the required operating covenants under the terms of the mortgage. Any non-payment, noncompliance or other default under our financing arrangements could, subject to cure provisions, cause the lender to foreclose upon the facility or facilities securing such indebtedness or, in the case of a lease, cause the lessor to terminate the lease, each with a consequent loss of revenue and asset value to us or a loss of property. Furthermore, in many cases, indebtedness is secured by both a mortgage on one or more facilities, and a guaranty by us. In the event of a default under one of these scenarios, the lender could avoid judicial procedures required to foreclose on real property by declaring all amounts outstanding under the guaranty immediately due and payable, and requiring us to fulfill our obligations to make such payments. If any of these scenarios were to occur, our financial condition would be adversely affected. For tax purposes, a foreclosure on any of our properties would be treated as a sale of the property for a price equal to the outstanding balance of the debt secured by the mortgage. If the outstanding balance of the debt secured by the mortgage exceeds our tax basis in the property, we would recognize taxable income on foreclosure, but would not receive any cash proceeds, which would negatively impact our earnings and cash position. Further, because our mortgages and operating leases generally contain cross-default and cross-collateralization provisions, a default by us related to one facility could affect a significant number of other facilities and their corresponding financing arrangements and operating leases.
 
Because our Term Loan, mortgage and lease obligations are fixed expenses and secured by specific assets, and because our revolving loan obligations are secured by virtually all of our assets, if reimbursement rates, patient acuity mix or occupancy levels decline, or if for any reason we are unable to meet our loan or lease obligations, we may not be able to cover our costs and some or all of our assets may become at risk. Our ability to make payments of principal and interest on our indebtedness and to make lease payments on our operating leases depends upon our future performance, which will be subject to general economic conditions, industry cycles and financial, business and other factors affecting our operations, many of which are beyond our control. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow from operations in the future to service our debt or to make lease payments on our operating leases, we may be required, among other things, to seek additional financing in the debt or equity markets, refinance or restructure all or a portion of our indebtedness, sell selected assets, reduce or delay planned capital expenditures or delay or abandon desirable acquisitions. Such measures might not be sufficient to enable us to service our debt or to make lease payments on our operating leases. The failure to make required payments on our debt or operating leases or the delay or abandonment of our planned growth strategy could result in an adverse effect on our future ability to generate revenue and sustain profitability. In addition, any such financing, refinancing or sale of assets might not be available on terms that are economically favorable to us, or at all.
 
Our existing credit facilities and mortgage loans contain restrictive covenants and any default under such facilities or loans could result in a freeze on additional advances, the acceleration of indebtedness, the termination of leases, or cross-defaults, any of which would negatively impact our liquidity and inhibit our ability to grow our business and increase revenue.
 
Our outstanding credit facilities and mortgage loans contain restrictive covenants and require us to maintain or satisfy specified coverage tests on a consolidated basis and on a facility or facilities basis. These restrictions and operating covenants include, among other things, requirements with respect to occupancy, debt service coverage and project yield. The debt service coverage ratios are generally calculated as revenue less operating costs, including an implied management fee and a reserve for capital expenditures, divided by the outstanding principal


38


Table of Contents

and accrued interest under the debt. These restrictions may interfere with our ability to obtain additional advances under existing credit facilities or to obtain new financing or to engage in other business activities, which may inhibit our ability to grow our business and increase revenue. At times in the past we have failed to timely deliver audited financial statements to our lender as required under our loan covenants. In each such case, we obtained waivers from our lender. In addition, in December 2000, we were unable to make balloon payments due under two mortgages on one of our facilities, but we were able to negotiate extensions with both lenders, and paid off both loans in January 2001 as required by the terms of the extensions. If we fail to comply with any of our loan requirements, or if we experience any defaults, then the related indebtedness could become immediately due and payable prior to its stated maturity date. We may not be able to pay this debt if it becomes immediately due and payable.
 
If we decide to expand our presence in the assisted living industry, we would become subject to risks in a market in which we have limited experience.
 
The majority of our facilities have historically been skilled nursing facilities. If we decide to expand our presence in the assisted living industry, our existing overall business model would change and we would become subject to risks in a market in which we have limited experience. Although assisted living operations generally have lower costs and higher margins than skilled nursing, they typically generate lower overall revenue than skilled nursing operations. In addition, assisted living revenue is derived primarily from private payors as opposed to government reimbursement. In most states, skilled nursing and assisted living are regulated by different agencies, and we have less experience with the agencies that regulate assisted living. In general, we believe that assisted living is a more competitive industry than skilled nursing. If we decided to expand our presence in the assisted living industry, we would have to change our existing business model, which could have an adverse affect on our business.
 
If our referral sources fail to view us as an attractive skilled nursing provider, or if our referral sources otherwise refer fewer patients, our patient base may decrease.
 
We rely significantly on appropriate referrals from physicians, hospitals and other healthcare providers in the communities in which we deliver our services to attract appropriate residents and patients to our facilities. Our referral sources are not obligated to refer business to us and may refer business to other healthcare providers. We believe many of our referral sources refer business to us as a result of the quality of our patient care and our efforts to establish and build a relationship with our referral sources. If we lose, or fail to maintain, existing relationships with our referral resources, fail to develop new relationships, or if we are perceived by our referral sources as not providing high quality patient care, our occupancy rate and the quality of our patient mix could suffer. In addition, if any of our referral sources have a reduction in patients whom they can refer due to a decrease in their business, our occupancy rate and the quality of our patient mix could suffer.
 
We may need additional capital to fund our operations and finance our growth, and we may not be able to obtain it on terms acceptable to us, or at all, which may limit our ability to grow.
 
Our ability to maintain and enhance our facilities and equipment in a suitable condition to meet regulatory standards, operate efficiently and remain competitive in our markets requires us to commit substantial resources to continued investment in our facilities and equipment. We are sometimes more aggressive than our competitors in capital spending to address issues that arise in connection with aging and obsolete facilities and equipment. In addition, continued expansion of our business through the acquisition of existing facilities, expansion of our existing facilities and construction of new facilities may require additional capital, particularly if we were to accelerate our acquisition and expansion plans. Financing may not be available to us or may be available to us only on terms that are not favorable. In addition, some of our outstanding indebtedness and long-term leases restrict, among other things, our ability to incur additional debt. If we are unable to raise additional funds or obtain additional funds on terms acceptable to us, we may have to delay or abandon some or all of our growth strategies. Further, if additional funds are raised through the issuance of additional equity securities, the percentage ownership of our stockholders would be diluted. Any newly issued equity securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of our common stock.


39


Table of Contents

Delays in reimbursement may cause liquidity problems.
 
If we experience problems with our information systems or if issues arise with Medicare, Medicaid or other payors, we may encounter delays in our payment cycle. From time to time, we have experienced such delays as a result of government payors instituting planned reimbursement delays for budget balancing purposes or as a result of prepayment reviews. For example, in August 2007, we experienced a four week reimbursement delay in California due to a budget impasse in the California legislature that was resolved in September 2007. In 2008, California again faced a budget impasse and the State delayed any reimbursement subsequent to the end of July until such time the budget was enacted. Further, and independent to the budget impasse, the State of California delayed all August payments until September. Similar reimbursement delays will continue in future fiscal years on a permanent basis. Medi-Cal has also delayed reimbursement of rate increases which were announced in November 2008. These rate increases were put in place on a retrospective basis, effective August 1, 2008. In January 2009, the State of California announced expected cash shortages in February which could impact payments to Medi-Cal providers in late February and early March. Any future timing delay may cause working capital shortages. As a result, working capital management, including prompt and diligent billing and collection, is an important factor in our results of operations and liquidity. Our working capital management procedures may not successfully ameliorate the effects of any delays in our receipt of payments or reimbursements. Accordingly, such delays could have an adverse effect on our liquidity and financial condition.
 
Compliance with the regulations of the Department of Housing and Urban Development may require us to make unanticipated expenditures which could increase our costs.
 
Four of our facilities are currently subject to regulatory agreements with the Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) that give the Commissioner of HUD broad authority to require us to be replaced as the operator of those facilities in the event that the Commissioner determines there are operational deficiencies at such facilities under HUD regulations. In 2006, one of our HUD-insured mortgaged facilities did not pass its HUD inspection. Following an unsuccessful appeal of the decision, we requested a re-inspection, which we are currently awaiting. If our facility fails the re-inspection, the HUD Commissioner could exercise its authority to replace us as the facility operator. In such event, we could be forced to repay the HUD mortgage on this facility to avoid being replaced as the facility operator, which would negatively impact our cash and financial condition. The balance on this mortgage as of December 31, 2008 was approximately $6.5 million. In addition, we would be required to pay a prepayment penalty of approximately $0.2 million if this mortgage was repaid on December 31, 2008. This alternative is not available to us if any of our other three HUD-insured facilities were determined by HUD to be operationally deficient because they are leased facilities. Compliance with HUD’s requirements can often be difficult because these requirements are not always consistent with the requirements of other federal and state agencies. Appealing a failed inspection can be costly and time-consuming and, if we do not successfully remediate the failed inspection, we could be precluded from obtaining HUD financing in the future or we may encounter limitations or prohibitions on our operation of HUD-insured facilities.
 
Failure to comply with existing environmental laws could result in increased expenditures, litigation and potential loss to our business and in our asset value.
 
Our operations are subject to regulations under various federal, state and local environmental laws, primarily those relating to the handling, storage, transportation, treatment and disposal of medical waste; the identification and warning of the presence of asbestos-containing materials in buildings, as well as the encapsulation or removal of such materials; and the presence of other substances in the indoor environment.
 
Our facilities generate infectious or other hazardous medical waste due to the illness or physical condition of the patients. Each of our facilities has an agreement with a waste management company for the proper disposal of all infectious medical waste, but the use of a waste management company does not immunize us from alleged violations of such laws for operations for which we are responsible even if carried out by a third party, nor does it immunize us from third-party claims for the cost to cleanup disposal sites at which such wastes have been disposed.
 
Some of the facilities we lease, own or may acquire may have asbestos-containing materials. Federal regulations require building owners and those exercising control over a building’s management to identify and


40


Table of Contents

warn their employees and other employers operating in the building of potential hazards posed by workplace exposure to installed asbestos-containing materials and potential asbestos-containing materials in their buildings. Significant fines can be assessed for violation of these regulations. Building owners and those exercising control over a building’s management may be subject to an increased risk of personal injury lawsuits. Federal, state and local laws and regulations also govern the removal, encapsulation, disturbance, handling and disposal of asbestos-containing materials and potential asbestos-containing materials when such materials are in poor condition or in the event of construction, remodeling, renovation or demolition of a building. Such laws may impose liability for improper handling or a release into the environment of asbestos containing materials and potential asbestos-containing materials and may provide for fines to, and for third parties to seek recovery from, owners or operators of real properties for personal injury or improper work exposure associated with asbestos-containing materials and potential asbestos-containing materials. The presence of asbestos-containing materials, or the failure to properly dispose of or remediate such materials, also may adversely affect our ability to attract and retain patients and staff, to borrow when using such property as collateral or to make improvements to such property.
 
The presence of mold, lead-based paint, underground storage tanks, contaminants in drinking water, radon and/or other substances at any of the facilities we lease, own or may acquire may lead to the incurrence of costs for remediation, mitigation or the implementation of an operations and maintenance plan and may result in third party litigation for personal injury or property damage. Furthermore, in some circumstances, areas affected by mold may be unusable for periods of time for repairs, and even after successful remediation, the known prior presence of extensive mold could adversely affect the ability of a facility to retain or attract patients and staff and could adversely affect a facility’s market value and ultimately could lead to the temporary or permanent closure of the facility.
 
If we fail to comply with applicable environmental laws, we would face increased expenditures in terms of fines and remediation of the underlying problems, potential litigation relating to exposure to such materials, and a potential decrease in value to our business and in the value of our underlying assets.
 
We are unable to predict the future course of federal, state and local environmental regulation and legislation. Changes in the environmental regulatory framework could result in increased costs. In addition, because environmental laws vary from state to state, expansion of our operations to states where we do not currently operate may subject us to additional restrictions in the manner in which we operate our facilities.
 
If we fail to safeguard the monies held in our patient trust funds, we will be required to reimburse such monies, and we may be subject to citations, fines and penalties.
 
Each of our facilities is required by federal law to maintain a patient trust fund to safeguard certain assets of their residents and patients. If any money held in a patient trust fund is misappropriated, we are required to reimburse the patient trust fund for the amount of money that was misappropriated. In 2005 we became aware of two separate and unrelated instances of employees misappropriating an aggregate of approximately $380,000 in patient trust funds, some of which was recovered from the employees and some of which we were required to reimburse from our funds. If any monies held in our patient trust funds are misappropriated in the future and are unrecoverable, we will be required to reimburse such monies, and we may be subject to citations, fines and penalties pursuant to federal and state laws.
 
We are a holding company with no operations and rely upon our multiple independent operating subsidiaries to provide us with the funds necessary to meet our financial obligations. Liabilities of any one or more of our subsidiaries could be imposed upon us or our other subsidiaries.
 
We are a holding company with no direct operating assets, employees or revenues. Each of our facilities is operated through a separate, wholly-owned, independent subsidiary, which has its own management, employees and assets. Our principal assets are the equity interests we directly or indirectly hold in our multiple operating and real estate holding subsidiaries. As a result, we are dependent upon distributions from our subsidiaries to generate the funds necessary to meet our financial obligations and pay dividends. Our subsidiaries are legally distinct from us and have no obligation to make funds available to us. The ability of our subsidiaries to make distributions to us will depend substantially on their respective operating results and will be subject to restrictions under, among other


41


Table of Contents

things, the laws of their jurisdiction of organization, which may limit the amount of funds available for distribution to investors or shareholders, agreements of those subsidiaries, the terms of our financing arrangements and the terms of any future financing arrangements of our subsidiaries.
 
Risks Related to Ownership of our Common Stock
 
We may not be able to pay or maintain dividends and the failure to do so would adversely affect our stock price.
 
Our ability to pay and maintain cash dividends is based on many factors, including our ability to make and finance acquisitions, our ability to negotiate favorable lease and other contractual terms, anticipated operating cost levels, the level of demand for our beds, the rates we charge and actual results that may vary substantially from estimates. Some of the factors are beyond our control and a change in any such factor could affect our ability to pay or maintain dividends. In addition, the Revolver with General Electric Capital Corporation (the Lender) restricts our ability to pay dividends to stockholders if we receive notice that we are in default under this agreement.
 
While we do not have a formal dividend policy, we currently intend to continue to pay regular quarterly dividends to the holders of our common stock, but future dividends will continue to be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on many factors, including our results of operations, financial condition and capital requirements, earnings, general business conditions, restrictions imposed by financing arrangements including pursuant to the loan and security agreement governing our revolving line of credit, legal restrictions on the payment of dividends and other factors the board of directors deems relevant. From 2002 through 2008, we paid aggregate annual dividends equal to approximately 5% to 15% of our net income. We may not be able to pay or maintain dividends, and we may at any time elect not to pay dividends but to retain cash for other purposes. We also cannot assure you that the level of dividends will be maintained or increase over time or that increases in demand for our beds and monthly patient fees will increase our actual cash available for dividends to stockholders. It is possible that we may pay dividends in a future period that may exceed our net income for such period. The failure to pay or maintain dividends could adversely affect our stock price.
 
If the ownership of our common stock continues to be highly concentrated, it may prevent you and other stockholders from influencing significant corporate decisions and may result in conflicts of interest that could cause our stock price to decline.
 
As of December 31, 2008, our executive officers, directors and their affiliates beneficially own or control approximately 39.8% of the outstanding shares of our common stock, of which Roy Christensen, our Chairman of the board of directors, Christopher Christensen, our President and Chief Executive Officer, and Gregory Stapley, our Vice President and General Counsel, beneficially own approximately 16.6%, 9.1% and 5.3%, respectively, of the outstanding shares. Accordingly, our current executive officers, directors and their affiliates, if they act together, will have substantial control over the outcome of corporate actions requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors, any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets or any other significant corporate transactions. These stockholders may also delay or prevent a change of control of us, even if such a change of control would benefit our other stockholders. The significant concentration of stock ownership may adversely affect the trading price of our common stock due to investors’ perception that conflicts of interest may exist or arise.
 
If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, if they change their recommendations regarding our stock adversely or if our operating results do not meet their expectations, our stock price and trading volume could decline.
 
The trading market for our common stock is influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline. Moreover, if one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our stock or if our operating results do not meet their expectations, our stock price could decline.


42


Table of Contents

The market price and trading volume of our common stock may be volatile, which could result in rapid and substantial losses for our stockholders.
 
The market price of our common stock may be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations. In addition, the trading volume in our common stock may fluctuate and cause significant price variations to occur. We cannot assure you that the market price of our common stock will not fluctuate or decline significantly in the future. On some occasions in the past, when the market price of a stock has been volatile, holders of that stock have instituted securities class action litigation against the company that issued the stock. If any of our stockholders brought a lawsuit against us, we could incur substantial costs defending or settling the lawsuit. Such a lawsuit could also divert the time and attention of our management from our business.
 
Future offerings of debt or equity securities by us may adversely affect the market price of our common stock.
 
In the future, we may attempt to increase our capital resources by offering debt or additional equity securities, including commercial paper, medium-term notes, senior or subordinated notes, series of preferred shares or shares of our common stock. Upon liquidation, holders of our debt securities and preferred shares, and lenders with respect to other borrowings, would receive a distribution of our available assets prior to any distribution to the holders of our common stock. Additional equity offerings may dilute the economic and voting rights of our existing stockholders or reduce the market price of our common stock, or both. Because our decision to issue securities in any future offering will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing or nature of our future offerings. Thus, holders of our common stock bear the risk of our future offerings reducing the market price of our common stock and diluting their share holdings in us. We also intend to continue to actively pursue acquisitions of facilities and may issue shares of stock in connection with these acquisitions.
 
Any shares issued in connection with our acquisitions, the exercise of outstanding stock options or otherwise would dilute the holdings of the investors who purchase our shares.
 
Failure to maintain effective internal controls in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act could result in a restatement of our financial statements, cause investors to lose confidence in our financial statements and our company and have a material adverse effect on our business and stock price.
 
We produce our consolidated financial statements in accordance with the requirements of GAAP. Effective internal controls are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports to help mitigate the risk of fraud and to operate successfully as a publicly traded company. As a public company, we are required to document and test our internal control procedures in order to satisfy the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or Section 404, which will require annual management assessments of the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting.
 
Testing and maintaining internal controls can divert our management’s attention from other matters that are important to our business. We may not be able to conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal controls over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 or our independent registered public accounting firm may not be able or willing to issue an unqualified report if we conclude that our internal controls over financial reporting are not effective. If either we are unable to conclude that we have effective internal controls over financial reporting or our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to provide us with an unqualified report as required by Section 404, investors could lose confidence in our reported financial information and our company, which could result in a decline in the market price of our common stock, and cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations in the future, which in turn could impact our ability to raise additional financing if needed in the future.


43


Table of Contents

The requirements of being a public company, including compliance with the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, may strain our resources, increase our costs and distract management, and we may be unable to comply with these requirements in a timely or cost-effective manner.
 
As a public company, we need to comply with laws, regulations and requirements, certain corporate governance provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, related regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, and requirements of NASDAQ. As a result, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses. Complying with these statutes, regulations and requirements occupies a significant amount of the time of our board of directors and management, requires us to have additional finance and accounting staff, makes it difficult to attract and retain qualified officers and members of our board of directors, particularly to serve on our audit committee, and makes some activities difficult, time consuming and costly.
 
If we are unable to fulfill the requirements related to being a public company in a timely and effective fashion, our ability to comply with our financial reporting requirements and other rules that apply to reporting companies could be impaired. If our finance and accounting personnel insufficiently support us in fulfilling these public-company compliance obligations, or if we are unable to hire adequate finance and accounting personnel, we could face significant legal liability, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Furthermore, if we identify any issues in complying with those requirements (for example, if we or our independent registered public accountants identified a material weakness or significant deficiency in our internal control over financial reporting), we could incur additional costs rectifying those issues, and the existence of those issues could adversely affect us, our reputation or investor perceptions of us.
 
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and Delaware law contain provisions that could discourage transactions resulting in a change in control, which may negatively affect the market price of our common stock.
 
In addition to the effect that the concentration of ownership by our significant stockholders may have, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws contain provisions that may enable our management to resist a change in control. These provisions may discourage, delay or prevent a change in the ownership of our company or a change in our management, even if doing so might be beneficial to our stockholders. In addition, these provisions could limit the price that investors would be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock. Such provisions set forth in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws include:
 
  •  our board of directors are authorized, without prior stockholder approval, to create and issue preferred stock, commonly referred to as “blank check” preferred stock, with rights senior to those of common stock;
 
  •  advance notice requirements for stockholders to nominate individuals to serve on our board of directors or to submit proposals that can be acted upon at stockholder meetings;
 
  •  our board of directors are classified so not all members of our board are elected at one time, which may make it more difficult for a person who acquires control of a majority of our outstanding voting stock to replace our directors;
 
  •  stockholder action by written consent is limited;
 
  •  special meetings of the stockholders are permitted to be called only by the chairman of our board of directors, our chief executive officer or by a majority of our board of directors;
 
  •  stockholders are not permitted to cumulate their votes for the election of directors;
 
  •  newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the authorized number of directors or vacancies on our board of directors are filled only by majority vote of the remaining directors;
 
  •  our board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal our bylaws; and
 
  •  stockholders are permitted to amend our bylaws only upon receiving the affirmative vote of at least a majority of our outstanding common stock.


44


Table of Contents

 
These and other provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and Delaware law could discourage acquisition proposals and make it more difficult or expensive for stockholders or potential acquirers to obtain control of our board of directors or initiate actions that are opposed by our then-current board of directors, including delaying or impeding a merger, tender offer or proxy contest involving us. Any delay or prevention of a change of control transaction or changes in our board of directors could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.
 
Item 1B.   Unresolved Staff Comments
 
None.
 
Item 2.   Properties
 
Service Center.  We currently lease 20,197 square feet of office space in Mission Viejo, California for our Service Center pursuant to a lease that expires in September 2009. We have two options to extend our lease term at this location for an additional three-year term for each option.
 
Facilities.  We currently operate 63 facilities in California, Arizona, Texas, Washington, Utah and Idaho, with the operational capacity to serve over 7,300 residents. Of the facilities that we operate as of December 31, 2008, we own 32 facilities and lease 31 facilities pursuant to operating and capital leases, nine of which contain purchase options that provide us with the right to purchase or agreements to purchase the facility in the future, which we believe will enable us to better control our occupancy costs over time. We currently do not manage any facilities for third parties and do not actively seek to manage facilities for others, except on a short-term basis pending receipt of new operating licenses by our operating subsidiaries.
 
The following table provides summary information regarding the number of licensed and independent living beds at our facilities at December 31, 2008:
 
                                 
        Purchase
       
        Agreement or
      Total Licensed and
    Leased without a
  Leased with a
      Independent Living
State
  Purchase Option   Purchase Option   Owned   Beds(3)
 
California
    1,574       903       1,042       3,519  
Arizona
    738             1,214       1,952  
Texas
    114             1,040       1,154  
Utah
    228       99       334       661  
Washington
                313       313  
Idaho
          88             88  
                                 
Total
    2,654       1,090       3,943       7,687  
                                 
Skilled nursing
    2,513       1,006       3,497       7,016  
Assisted living(1)
    141       84       362       587  
Independent living(2)
                84       84  
                                 
Total
    2,654       1,090       3,943       7,687  
                                 
 
 
(1) Represents 460 assisted living units.
 
(2) Represents 84 independent living units located within one of our assisted living facilities.
 
(3) All bed counts are licensed beds except independent living beds, and may not reflect the number of beds actually available for patient use.
 
Item 3.   Legal Proceedings
 
In March 2007, we and certain of our officers received a series of notices from our bank indicating that the United States Attorney for the Central District of California had issued an authorized investigative demand, a request for records similar to a subpoena, to our bank. The U.S. Attorney subsequently rescinded that demand. The


45


Table of Contents

rescinded demand requested documents from our bank related to financial transactions involving us, ten of our operating subsidiaries, an outside investor group, and certain of our current and former officers. Subsequently, in June of 2007, the U.S. Attorney sent a letter to one of our current employees requesting a meeting. The letter indicated that the U.S. Attorney and the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services Office of Inspector General were conducting an investigation of claims submitted to the Medicare program for rehabilitation services provided at unspecified facilities. Although both we and the employee offered to cooperate, the U.S. Attorney later withdrew its meeting request.
 
On December 17, 2007, we were informed by Deloitte & Touche LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm that the U.S. Attorney served a grand jury subpoena on Deloitte & Touche LLP, relating to The Ensign Group, Inc., and several of our operating subsidiaries. The subpoena confirmed our previously reported belief that the U.S. Attorney was conducting an investigation involving facilities operated by certain of our operating subsidiaries. All together, the March 2007 authorized investigative demand and the December 2007 subpoena specifically covered information from a total of 18 of our 63 facilities. In February 2008, the U.S. Attorney contacted two additional current employees. Both we and the employees contacted have offered to cooperate and meet with the U.S. Attorney, however, to date, the U.S. Attorney has declined these offers. Based on these events, we believe that the U.S. Attorney may be conducting parallel criminal, civil and administrative investigations involving The Ensign Group and one or more of our skilled nursing facilities.
 
Pursuant to these investigations, on December 17, 2008, representatives from the U.S. Department of Justice (DOJ) served search warrants on our Service Center and six of our Southern California skilled nursing facilities. Following the execution of the warrants on the six facilities, a subpoena was issued covering eight additional facilities. We and our regulatory counsel are actively working with the U.S. Attorney’s office to determine what additional documents will be assistive to their inquiry, and to help target the scope of the production, pursuant to the subpoena, to those documents.
 
We are cooperating with the U.S. Attorney’s office and intend to continue working with them to the extent they will allow us to help move their inquiry forward. To our knowledge, however, neither The Ensign Group, Inc. nor any of our operating subsidiaries or employees has been formally charged with any wrongdoing. We cannot predict or provide any assurance as to the possible outcome of the investigation or any possible related proceedings, or as to the possible outcome of any qui tam litigation that may follow, nor can we estimate the possible loss or range of loss that may result from any such proceedings and, therefore, we have not recorded any related accruals. To the extent the U.S. Attorney’s office elects to pursue this matter, or if the investigation has been instigated by a qui tam relator who elects to pursue the matter, and we are subjected to or alleged to be liable for claims or obligations under federal Medicare statutes, the federal False Claims Act, or similar state and federal statutes and related regulation, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected and our stock price could decline.
 
We are party to various legal actions and administrative proceedings and are subject to various claims arising in the ordinary course of business, including claims that our services have resulted in injury or death to the residents of our facilities and claims related to employment and commercial matters. Although we intend to vigorously defend ourselves in these matters, there can be no assurance that the outcomes of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on our results or operations and financial condition. In certain states in which we have or have had operations, insurance coverage for the risk of punitive damages arising from general and professional liability litigation may not be available due to state law public policy prohibitions. There can be no assurance that we will not be liable for punitive damages awarded in litigation arising in states for which punitive damage insurance coverage is not available.
 
We operate in an industry that is extremely regulated. As such, in the ordinary course of business, we are continuously subject to state and federal regulatory scrutiny, supervision and control. Such regulatory scrutiny often includes inquiries, investigations, examinations, audits, site visits and surveys, some of which are non-routine. In addition to being subject to direct regulatory oversight of state and federal regulatory agencies, our industry is frequently subject to the regulatory practices, which could subject us to civil, administrative or criminal fines, penalties or restitutionary relief, and reimbursement authorities could also seek the suspension or exclusion of the provider or individual from participation in their program. We believe that there has been, and will continue to be, an


46


Table of Contents

increase in governmental investigations of long-term care providers, particularly in the area of Medicare/Medicaid false claims, as well as an increase in enforcement actions resulting from these investigations. Adverse discriminations in legal proceedings or governmental investigations, whether currently asserted or arising in the future, could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.
 
Item 4.   Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
 
None.
 
PART II.
 
Item 5.   Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
 
Market Information
 
Our common stock has been traded under the symbol “ENSG” on the NASDAQ Global Select Market since our initial public offering on November 8, 2007. Prior to that time, there was no public market for our common stock. The following table shows the high and low sale prices for the common stock as reporting by the NASDAQ Global Select Market for the periods indicated:
 
                 
    High   Low
 
Fiscal 2008
               
First Quarter
  $ 14.49     $ 7.50  
Second Quarter
    12.25       8.66  
Third Quarter
    18.39       10.46  
Fourth Quarter
    19.25       11.29  
Fiscal 2007
               
Fourth Quarter (commencing November 8, 2007)*
  $ 16.65     $ 12.10  
 
 
* Initial public offering price on November 8, 2007 was $16.00
 
During fiscal 2008, we declared aggregate cash dividends of $0.165 per share of common stock, for a total of approximately $3.4 million.
 
As of February 13, 2009 there were approximately 155 holders of record of our common stock.


47


Table of Contents

The graph below shows the cumulative total stockholder return of an investment of $100 (and the reinvestment of any dividends thereafter) on November 9, 2007 in (i) our common stock, (ii) the Skilled Nursing Facilities Peer Group1 and (iii) the NASDAQ Market Index. Our stock price performance shown in the graph below is not indicative of future stock price performance
 
COMPARISON OF CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN
AMONG THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.,
NASDAQ MARKET INDEX AND SIC CODE INDEX
 
(PERFORMANCE GRAPH)
 
ASSUMES $100 INVESTED ON NOV. 9, 2007
ASSUMES DIVIDEND REINVESTED
FISCAL YEAR ENDING DEC. 31, 2008
 
Dividend Policy
 
The following table summarizes common stock dividends declared to shareholders during the two most recent fiscal years:
 
                 
        Aggregate
    Dividend Per
  Dividend
    Share   Declared
        (In thousands)
 
2007
               
First Quarter
  $ 0.040     $ 658  
Second Quarter
  $ 0.040     $ 658  
Third Quarter
  $ 0.040     $ 658  
Fourth Quarter
  $ 0.040     $ 819  
2008
               
First Quarter
  $ 0.040     $ 821  
Second Quarter
  $ 0.040     $ 822  
Third Quarter
  $ 0.040     $ 822  
Fourth Quarter
  $ 0.045     $ 925  
 
 
1 The Skilled Nursing Facilities Peer Group is comprised of the following companies: Adcare Health Systems, Advocat Inc., Assisted Living Concepts, Five Star Quality Care Inc., Kindred Healthcare Inc., National Healthcare Corp., Skilled Healthcare Group, Sun Healthcare Group and Sunrise Senior Living.


48


Table of Contents

We do not have a formal dividend policy but we currently intend to continue to pay regular quarterly dividends to the holders of our common stock. From 2002 to 2008, we paid aggregate annual dividends equal to approximately 5% to 15% of our net income. However, future dividends will continue to be at the discretion of our board of directors, and we may or may not continue to pay dividends at such rate. We expect that the payment of dividends will depend on many factors, including our results of operations, financial condition and capital requirements, earnings, general business conditions, legal restrictions on the payment of dividends and other factors the board of directors deems relevant. The loan and security agreement governing our revolving line of credit with General Electric Capital Corporation restricts our ability to pay dividends to stockholders if we receive notice that we are in default under this agreement. In addition, we are a holding company with no direct operating assets, employees or revenues. As a result, we are dependent upon distributions from our independent operating subsidiaries to generate the funds necessary to meet our financial obligations and pay dividends. It is possible that in certain quarters, we may pay dividends that exceed our net income for such period as calculated in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP).
 
Issuer Repurchases of Equity Securities
 
We did not repurchase any of our equity securities during the year ended December 31, 2008, nor issue any securities that were not registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1933.
 
Use of Proceeds
 
On November 8, 2007, we sold 4.0 million shares of our common stock at the IPO price of $16.00 per share, for an aggregate sale price of $64.0 million, settling those sales on November 15, 2007. We paid approximately $4.5 million in underwriting discounts and commissions in connection with the offering of the shares. We also incurred approximately $2.9 million of other offering expenses, which when added to the IPO commissions paid by us, amounted to total estimated expenses of approximately $7.4 million. The net offering proceeds to us, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses paid by us, were approximately $56.6 million.
 
During the year ended December 31, 2007, we used approximately $12.1 million of IPO proceeds to purchase the underlying assets at three facilities which we previously operated under a long-term leasing arrangement, $2.8 million to fund capital refurbishments at 11 of our facilities, $1.2 million to fund remaining IPO related costs and $9.7 million for working capital and other general corporate purposes. During the first seven months of the year ended December 31, 2007, we used approximately $9.5 million in working capital to fund the purchase of four facilities and as such, were required to use IPO funds for working capital purposes later in the year.
 
During the year ended December 31, 2008, we used approximately $18.5 million of IPO proceeds to purchase the underlying assets at six facilities which we previously operated under a long-term leasing arrangement, $7.1 million to fund capital refurbishments at our facilities, $3.2 million to fund the completion of a 30 licensed bed expansion at one of our facilities and $2.0 million to assume an existing lease by purchasing the tenant rights under a lease agreement from a prior tenant and operator. As of December 31, 2008, all of the proceeds from our IPO were utilized.


49


Table of Contents

Item 6.   Selected Financial Data
 
The following selected consolidated financial data for the periods indicated have been derived from our consolidated financial statements. The financial data set forth below should be read in connection with Item 7 — “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and with our consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto (in thousands, except per share data):
 
                                         
    December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006     2005     2004  
    (In thousands, except per share data)  
 
Revenue
  $ 469,372     $ 411,318     $ 358,574     $ 300,850     $ 244,536  
Expense:
                                       
Cost of services (exclusive of facility rent and depreciation and amortization shown separately below)
    376,742       335,014       284,847       239,379       199,986  
Facility rent — cost of services
    14,932       16,675       16,404       16,118       14,773  
General and administrative expense
    20,017       15,945       14,210       10,909       8,537  
Depreciation and amortization
    9,026       6,966       4,221       2,458       1,934  
                                         
Total expenses
    420,717       374,600       319,682       268,864       225,230  
Income from operations
    48,655       36,718       38,892       31,986       19,306  
Other income (expense):
                                       
Interest expense
    (4,784 )     (4,844 )     (2,990 )     (2,035 )     (1,565 )
Interest income
    1,374       1,558       772       491       85  
                                         
Other expense, net
    (3,410 )     (3,286 )     (2,218 )     (1,544 )     (1,480 )
Income before provision for income taxes
    45,245       33,432       36,674       30,442       17,826  
Provision for income taxes
    17,736       12,905       14,125       12,054       6,723  
                                         
Net income
  $ 27,509     $ 20,527     $ 22,549     $ 18,388     $ 11,103  
                                         
Net income per share(1):
                                       
Basic
  $ 1.34     $ 1.39     $ 1.66     $ 1.35     $ 0.83  
                                         
Diluted
  $ 1.33     $ 1.17     $ 1.34     $ 1.05     $ 0.63  
                                         
Weighted average common shares outstanding:
                                       
Basic
    20,520       14,497       13,366       13,468       13,285  
                                         
Diluted
    20,715       17,470       16,823       17,505       17,519  
                                         
 
 
(1) See Note 3 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
                                         
    As of December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006     2005     2004  
    (In thousand, except per share data)  
 
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
                                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 41,326     $ 51,732     $ 25,491     $ 11,635     $ 14,755  
Working capital
    46,811       62,969       28,281       19,087       21,526  
Total assets
    296,901       267,389       190,531       119,390       80,255  
Long-term debt, less current maturities
    59,489       60,577       63,587       25,520       24,820  
Redeemable, convertible preferred stock
                2,725       2,725       2,725  
Stockholders’ equity
    156,021       129,677       51,147       32,634       17,828  
Cash dividends declared per common share
  $ 0.165     $ 0.160     $ 0.130     $ 0.090     $ 0.050  
 


50


Table of Contents

                                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006     2005     2004  
    (In thousands)  
 
Other Non-GAAP Financial Data:
                                       
EBITDA(1)
  $ 57,681     $ 43,684     $ 43,113     $ 34,444     $ 21,240  
EBITDAR(1)
    72,613       60,359       59,517       50,562       36,013  
 
 
(1) EBITDA and EBITDAR are supplemental non-GAAP financial measures. Regulation G, Conditions for Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures, and other provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, define and prescribe the conditions for use of certain non-GAAP financial information. We calculate EBITDA as net income before (a) interest expense, net, (b) provision for income taxes, and (c) depreciation and amortization. We calculate EBITDAR by adjusting EBITDA to exclude facility rent — cost of services. These non-GAAP financial measures are used in addition to and in conjunction with results presented in accordance with GAAP. These non-GAAP financial measures should not be relied upon to the exclusion of GAAP financial measures. These non-GAAP financial measures reflect an additional way of viewing aspects of our operations that, when viewed with our GAAP results and the accompanying reconciliations to corresponding GAAP financial measures, provide a more complete understanding of factors and trends affecting our business.
 
We believe EBITDA and EBITDAR are useful to investors and other external users of our financial statements in evaluating our operating performance because:
 
  •  they are widely used by investors and analysts in our industry as a supplemental measure to evaluate the overall operating performance of companies in our industry without regard to items such as interest expense, net and depreciation and amortization, which can vary substantially from company to company depending on the book value of assets, capital structure and the method by which assets were acquired; and
 
  •  they help investors evaluate and compare the results of our operations from period to period by removing the impact of our capital structure and asset base from our operating results.
 
We use EBITDA and EBITDAR:
 
  •  as measurements of our operating performance to assist us in comparing our operating performance on a consistent basis;
 
  •  to allocate resources to enhance the financial performance of our business;
 
  •  to evaluate the effectiveness of our operational strategies; and
 
  •  to compare our operating performance to that of our competitors.
 
We typically use EBITDA and EBITDAR to compare the operating performance of each skilled nursing and assisted living facility. EBITDA and EBITDAR are useful in this regard because they do not include such costs as net interest expense, income taxes, depreciation and amortization expense, and, with respect to EBITDAR, facility rent — cost of services, which may vary from period-to-period depending upon various factors, including the method used to finance facilities, the amount of debt that we have incurred, whether a facility is owned or leased, the date of acquisition of a facility or business, or the tax law of the state in which a business unit operates. As a result, we believe that the use of EBITDA and EBITDAR provide a meaningful and consistent comparison of our business between periods by eliminating certain items required by GAAP.
 
We also establish compensation programs and bonuses for our facility level employees that are partially based upon the achievement of EBITDAR targets.
 
Despite the importance of these measures in analyzing our underlying business, designing incentive compensation and for our goal setting, EBITDA and EBITDAR are non-GAAP financial measures that have no standardized meaning defined by GAAP. Therefore, our EBITDA and EBITDAR measures have limitations as

51


Table of Contents

analytical tools, and they should not be considered in isolation, or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported in accordance with GAAP. Some of these limitations are:
 
  •  they do not reflect our current or future cash requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;
 
  •  they do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;
 
  •  they do not reflect the net interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments, on our debt;
 
  •  they do not reflect any income tax payments we may be required to make;
 
  •  although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced in the future, and EBITDA and EBITDAR do not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements; and
 
  •  other companies in our industry may calculate these measures differently than we do, which may limit their usefulness as comparative measures.
 
We compensate for these limitations by using them only to supplement net income on a basis prepared in accordance with GAAP in order to provide a more complete understanding of the factors and trends affecting our business.
 
Management strongly encourages investors to review our consolidated financial statements in their entirety and to not rely on any single financial measure. Because these non-GAAP financial measures are not standardized, it may not be possible to compare these financial measures with other companies’ non-GAAP financial measures having the same or similar names. For information about our financial results as reported in accordance with GAAP, see our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this document.
 
The table below reconciles net income to EBITDA and EBITDAR for the periods presented:
 
                                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006     2005     2004  
    (In thousands)  
 
Consolidated Statement of Income Data:
                                       
Net income
  $ 27,509     $ 20,527     $ 22,549     $ 18,388     $ 11,103  
Other expense, net
    3,410       3,286       2,218       1,544       1,480  
Provision for income taxes
    17,736       12,905       14,125       12,054       6,723  
Depreciation and amortization
    9,026       6,966       4,221       2,458       1,934  
                                         
EBITDA
  $ 57,681     $ 43,684     $ 43,113     $ 34,444     $ 21,240  
                                         
Facility rent — cost of services
    14,932       16,675       16,404       16,118       14,773  
                                         
EBITDAR
  $ 72,613     $ 60,359     $ 59,517     $ 50,562     $ 36,013  
                                         


52


Table of Contents

Item 7.   Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
 
The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes, which appear elsewhere in this Annual Report. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those discussed below and elsewhere in this Annual Report. See Item 1A. — “Risk Factors.”
 
Overview
 
We are a provider of skilled nursing and rehabilitative care services through the operation of 63 facilities located in California, Arizona, Texas, Washington, Utah and Idaho. All of these facilities are skilled nursing facilities, other than three stand-alone assisted living facilities in Arizona and Texas and four campuses that offer both skilled nursing and assisted living services in California, Arizona and Utah. Our facilities provide a broad spectrum of skilled nursing and assisted living services, physical, occupational and speech therapies, and other rehabilitative and healthcare services, for both long-term residents and short-stay rehabilitation patients. We encourage and empower our facility leaders and staff to make their facility the “facility of choice” in the community it serves. This means that our facility leaders and staff are generally free to discern and address the unique needs and priorities of healthcare professionals, customers and other stakeholders in the local community or market, and then work to create a superior service offering and reputation for that particular community or market to encourage prospective customers and referral sources to choose or recommend the facility. As of December 31, 2008, we owned 32 of our facilities and operated an additional 31 facilities under long-term lease arrangements, and had options to purchase for nine of those 31 facilities. The following table summarizes our facilities and licensed and independent living beds by ownership status as of December 31, 2008:
 
                                 
        Leased (with a
  Leased (without a
   
    Owned   Purchase Option)   Purchase Option)   Total
 
Number of facilities
    32       9       22       63  
Percent of total
    50.8 %     14.3 %     34.9 %     100 %
Licensed skilled nursing, assisted living and independent living beds(1)
    3,943       1,090       2,654       7,687  
Percent of total
    51.3 %     14.2 %     34.5 %     100 %
Operational skilled nursing, assisted living and independent living beds(2)
    3,663       1,059       2,602       7,324  
Percent of total
    50.0 %     14.5 %     35.5 %     100 %
 
 
(1) Includes 671 beds in our 460 assisted living units and 84 independent living units as of December 31, 2008. All of the independent living units are located at one of our assisted living facilities. All bed counts are licensed beds except for independent living beds, and may not reflect the number of beds actually available for patient use.
 
(2) The number of licensed and independent living beds in a skilled nursing, assisted living or independent living facility that are actually operational and available for occupancy may be less than the total official licensed bed capacity. This sometimes occurs due to the permanent dedication of bed space to alternative purposes, such as enhanced therapy treatment space or other desirable uses calculated to improve service offerings and/or operational efficiencies in a facility. In some cases, three- and four-bed wards have been reduced to two-bed rooms for resident comfort. These beds are seldom expected to be placed back into service. In addition, we occasionally acquire facilities with “banked” beds, for which valuable licensing rights have been retained, but have been voluntarily suspended under state regulations until the beds can be economically placed into service again.
 
The Ensign Group, Inc. is a holding company with no direct operating assets, employees or revenues. All of our facilities are operated by separate, wholly-owned, independent subsidiaries, which have their own management, employees and assets. In addition, one of our wholly-owned independent subsidiaries, which we call our Service Center, provides centralized accounting, payroll, human resources, information technology, legal, risk management


53


Table of Contents

and other services to each operating subsidiary through contractual relationships between such subsidiaries. In addition, we have the Captive that provides some claims-made coverage to our operating subsidiaries for general and professional liability, as well as for certain workers’ compensation insurance liabilities. References herein to the consolidated “Company” and “its” assets and activities, as well as the use of the terms “we,” “us,” “our” and similar verbiage in this annual report is not meant to imply that The Ensign Group, Inc. has direct operating assets, employees or revenue, or that any of the facilities, the Service Center or the captive insurance subsidiary are operated by the same entity.
 
2008 and Recent Developments
 
On May 1, 2008, we assumed an existing lease for a 120 licensed, or 114 operational bed skilled nursing facility in Orem, Utah. We purchased the tenant’s rights under the lease agreement from the prior tenant and operator for approximately $2.0 million. We did not acquire any material assets or assume any liabilities other than the prior tenant’s post-assumption rights and obligations under the lease. We also entered into a separate operations transfer agreement with the prior tenant as a part of this transaction, which is common. We paid for the prior tenant’s lease rights in cash from our IPO proceeds. Also on May 1, 2008, under the terms of a purchase option contained in the original lease agreement, we purchased the underlying assets of one of our leased long-term care facilities in Scottsdale, Arizona. This facility was purchased for approximately $5.2 million, which was paid in cash from our IPO proceeds. Lastly, on May 14, 2008, we purchased the underlying assets of one of our leased long-term care facilities in Draper, Utah. This facility was purchased for approximately $3.0 million, which was paid in cash from our IPO proceeds.
 
On October 28, 2008, four of our subsidiaries purchased the underlying assets of one of our leased long-term care facilities in California and three of our long-term care facilities in Texas. These facilities were purchased for an aggregate price of approximately $10.4 million, which was paid in cash from our IPO proceeds. The lease agreements associated with these properties did not contain purchase options.
 
In December 2008, we entered into a capital lease and assumed the operations of a skilled nursing facility in Salt Lake City, Utah adding an additional 99 licensed, or 85 operational beds. No additional material consideration was paid and we did not purchase any assets or assume any liabilities, other than our rights and obligations under the lease and operations transfer agreement, as part of this transaction. The lease agreement includes an option to purchase the underlying property from the property owner for $3.0 million anytime after the initial lease date.
 
On January 1, 2009, we assumed an existing lease for a 156 licensed and operational bed skilled nursing facility in San Luis Obispo, California. We purchased the tenant’s rights under the lease agreement from the prior tenant and operator for approximately $1.6 million, which was paid in cash. We did not acquire any material assets or assume any liabilities other than the prior tenant’s post-assumption rights and obligations under the lease. Consistent with our acquisition practices, we also entered into a separate operations transfer agreement with the prior tenant as a part of this transaction, which is common. In addition, on January 1, 2009, we acquired a 150 licensed and operational bed skilled nursing facility in Lufkin, Texas for approximately $8.0 million, which was paid in cash.
 
On January 15, 2009, we assumed the operations of a skilled nursing facility in Riverside, California which is also licensed for assisted living and independent living services. This acquisition added 38 licensed and operational skilled nursing, 66 licensed, or 54 operational assisted living and 24 independent living beds to our operations.
 
On February 1, 2009, we purchased three skilled nursing facilities and one assisted living facility in Colorado for approximately $10.9 million, which was paid in cash. This acquisition added 217 licensed, or 210 operational skilled nursing and 48 licensed, or 38 operational assisted living beds to our operations.
 
Key Performance Indicators
 
We manage our skilled nursing business by monitoring key performance indicators that affect our financial performance. These indicators and their definitions include the following:
 
  •  Routine revenue:  Routine revenue is generated by the contracted daily rate charged for all contractually inclusive services. The inclusion of therapy and other ancillary treatments varies by payor source and by


54


Table of Contents

  contract. Services provided outside of the routine contractual agreement are recorded separately as ancillary revenue, including Medicare Part B therapy services, and are not included in the routine revenue definition. In addition, routine revenue does not include revenue generated by our assisted living business.
 
  •  Skilled revenue:  The amount of routine revenue generated from patients in our skilled nursing facilities who are receiving care under Medicare or managed care reimbursement, referred to as “Medicare and managed care patients.” Skilled revenue excludes any revenue generated from our assisted living services.
 
  •  Skilled mix:  The amount of our skilled revenue as a percentage of our total routine revenue. Skilled mix (in days) represents the number of days our Medicare and managed care patients are receiving services at our skilled nursing facilities divided by the total number of days patients from all payor sources are receiving services at our skilled nursing facilities for any given measurement period.
 
  •  Quality mix:  The amount of routine non-Medicaid revenue as a percentage of our total routine revenue. Quality mix (in days) represents the number of days our non-Medicaid patients are receiving services at our skilled nursing facilities divided by the total number of days patients from all payor sources are receiving services at our skilled nursing facilities for any given measurement period.
 
  •  Average daily rates:  The routine revenue by payor source for a period at our skilled nursing facilities divided by actual patient days for that revenue source for any given measurement period.
 
  •  Occupancy percentage (Licensed beds):  The total number of residents occupying a bed in a skilled nursing, assisted living or independent living facility as a percentage of the number of licensed and independent living beds in the facility during any given measurement period.
 
  •  Occupancy percentage (Operational beds):  The total number of residents occupying a bed in a skilled nursing, assisted living or independent living facility as a percentage of the beds in a facility which are available for occupancy during any given measurement period.
 
  •  Number of facilities and licensed beds:  The total number of skilled nursing, assisted living and independent living facilities that we own or operate and the total number of licensed and independent living beds associated with these facilities. Independent living beds do not have a licensing requirement.
 
Skilled and Quality Mix.  Like most skilled nursing providers, we measure both patient days and revenue by payor. Medicare and managed care patients, whom we refer to as high acuity patients, typically require a higher level of skilled nursing and rehabilitative care. Accordingly, Medicare and managed care reimbursement rates are typically higher than from other payors. In most states, Medicaid reimbursement rates are generally the lowest of all payor types. Changes in the payor mix can significantly affect our revenue and profitability.
 
The following table summarizes our skilled mix and quality mix for the periods indicated as a percentage of our total routine revenue (less revenue from assisted living services) and as a percentage of total patient days:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,
    2008   2007   2006
 
Skilled Mix:
                       
Days
    24.4 %     22.7 %     24.3 %
Revenue
    46.9 %     43.1 %     45.6 %
Quality Mix:
                       
Days
    37.1 %     35.7 %     37.4 %
Revenue
    56.3 %     53.4 %     55.5 %
 
Occupancy.  We have historically defined occupancy as the ratio of actual patient days (one patient day equals one resident occupying one bed for one day) during any measurement period to the number of licensed patient days for that period. Licensed patient days are determined by multiplying the total of officially licensed beds by the number of calendar days in the measurement period.
 
However, the number of licensed and independent living beds in a skilled nursing, assisted living or independent living facility that are actually operational and available for occupancy may be less than the total


55


Table of Contents

official licensed bed capacity. This sometimes occurs due to the permanent dedication of bed space to alternative purposes, such as enhanced therapy treatment space or other desirable uses calculated to improve service offerings and/or operational efficiencies in a facility. In some cases, three- and four-bed wards have been reduced to two-bed rooms for resident comfort, and larger wards have been reduced to conform to changes in Medicare requirements. These beds are seldom expected to be placed back into service. In addition, we occasionally acquire facilities with “banked” beds, for which valuable licensing rights have been retained, but have been voluntarily suspended under state regulations until the beds can be economically placed into service again. We define occupancy in operational beds as the ratio of actual patient days during any measurement period to the number of available patient days for that period. Available patient days are determined by subtracting non-operational licensed beds from total licensed beds, and multiplying the difference by the number of calendar days in the measurement period. We believe that reporting occupancy based on operational beds is consistent with industry practices and provides a more useful measure of actual occupancy performance from period to period. Therefore, we intend to cease reporting occupancy based on all licensed beds beginning in fiscal year 2009.
 
The following table summarizes our occupancy statistics for the periods indicated:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,
    2008   2007   2006
 
Occupancy:
                       
Licensed and independent living beds at end of period(1)
    7,687       7,448       6,940  
Operational beds at end of period(2)
    7,324       7,105       6,667  
Available patient days (licensed beds)(1)
    2,761,625       2,673,006       2,286,845  
Available patient days (operational beds)(2)
    2,634,183       2,558,778       2,240,996  
Actual patient days
    2,135,662       2,078,893       1,849,932  
Occupancy percentage (based on licensed beds)
    77.3 %     77.8 %     80.9 %
Occupancy percentage (based on operational beds)
    81.1 %     81.3 %     82.6 %
 
 
(1) The number of licensed beds is calculated using the historical number of beds licensed at each facility. All bed counts are licensed beds except for independent living beds, and may not reflect the number of beds actually available for patient use.
 
(2) The number of licensed and independent living beds in a skilled nursing, assisted living or independent living facility that are actually operational and available for occupancy may be less than the total official licensed bed capacity. This sometimes occurs due to the permanent dedication of bed space to alternative purposes, such as enhanced therapy treatment space or other desirable uses calculated to improve service offerings and/or operational efficiencies in a facility. In some cases, three- and four-bed wards have been reduced to two-bed rooms for resident comfort. These beds are seldom expected to be placed back into service. In addition, we occasionally acquire facilities with “banked” beds, for which valuable licensing rights have been retained, but have been voluntarily suspended under state regulations until the beds can be economically placed into service again.
 
Revenue Sources
 
Our total revenue represents revenue derived primarily from providing services to patients and residents of skilled nursing facilities, and to a lesser extent from assisted living facilities and ancillary services. We receive service revenue from Medicaid, Medicare, private payors and other third-party payors, and managed care sources. The sources and amounts of our revenue are determined by a number of factors, including bed capacity and occupancy rates of our healthcare facilities, the mix of patients at our facilities and the rates of reimbursement among payors. Payment for ancillary services varies based upon the service provided and the type of payor. The


56


Table of Contents

following table sets forth our total revenue by payor source and as a percentage of total revenue for the periods indicated:
 
                                                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
    $     %     $     %     $     %  
    (In thousands)  
 
Revenue:
                                               
Medicare
  $ 154,852       33.0 %   $ 123,170       30.0 %   $ 117,511       32.8 %
Managed care
    64,361       13.7       52,779       12.8       44,487       12.4  
Private and other(1)
    54,123       11.5       52,579       12.8       45,312       12.6  
Medicaid
    196,036       41.8       182,790       44.4       151,264       42.2  
                                                 
Total revenue
  $ 469,372       100.0 %   $ 411,318       100.0 %   $ 358,574       100.0 %
                                                 
 
 
(1) Includes revenue from assisted living facilities.
 
Primary Components of Expense
 
Cost of Services (exclusive of facility rent and depreciation and amortization shown separately).  Our cost of services represents the costs of operating our facilities and primarily consists of payroll and related benefits, supplies, purchased services, and ancillary expenses such as the cost of pharmacy and therapy services provided to residents. Cost of services also includes the cost of general and professional liability insurance and other general cost of services with respect to our facilities.
 
Facility Rent — Cost of Services.  Facility rent — cost of services consists solely of base minimum rent amounts payable under lease agreements to third-party owners of the facilities that we operate but do not own and does not include taxes, insurance, impounds, capital reserves or other charges payable under the applicable lease agreements.
 
General and Administrative Expense.  General and administrative expense consists primarily of payroll and related benefits and travel expenses for our administrative Service Center personnel, including training and other operational support. General and administrative expense also includes professional fees (including accounting and legal fees), costs relating to our information systems, stock-based compensation and rent for our Service Center office. We expect our general and administrative expense to remain approximately the same, as a percentage of revenue, as 2008 in the future as a result of becoming a public company.
 
Depreciation and Amortization.  Property and equipment are recorded at their original historical cost. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the depreciable assets. The following is a summary of the depreciable lives of our depreciable assets:
 
     
Buildings and improvements
  15 to 30 years
Leasehold improvements
  Shorter of the lease term or estimated
useful life, generally 5 to 15 years
Furniture and equipment
  3 to 10 years
 
Critical Accounting Policies
 
Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of these financial statements and related disclosures requires us to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. On an ongoing basis we review our judgments and estimates, including those related to doubtful accounts, income taxes, stock compensation, intangible assets and loss contingencies. We base our estimates and judgments upon our historical experience, knowledge of current conditions and our belief of what


57


Table of Contents

could occur in the future considering available information, including assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. By their nature, these estimates and judgments are subject to an inherent degree of uncertainty and actual results could differ materially from the amounts reported. The following summarizes our critical accounting policies, defined as those policies that we believe: (a) are the most important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations; and (b) require management’s most subjective or complex judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates about the effects of matters that are inherently uncertain.
 
Revenue Recognition
 
We follow the provisions of Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) No. 104, Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements (SAB 104), for revenue recognition. Under SAB 104, four conditions must be met before revenue can be recognized: (i) there is persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists; (ii) delivery has occurred or service has been rendered; (iii) the price is fixed or determinable; and (iv) collection is reasonably assured.
 
Our revenue is derived primarily from providing long-term healthcare services to residents and is recognized on the date services are provided at amounts billable to individual residents. For residents under reimbursement arrangements with third-party payors, including Medicaid, Medicare and private insurers, revenue is recorded based on contractually agreed-upon amounts on a per patient, daily basis.
 
Revenue from the Medicare and Medicaid programs accounted for approximately 75%, 74% and 75% of our revenue in the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. We record our revenue from these governmental and managed care programs as services are performed at their expected net realizable amounts under these programs. Our revenue from governmental and managed care programs is subject to audit and retroactive adjustment by governmental and third-party agencies. Consistent with healthcare industry accounting practices, any changes to these revenue estimates are recorded in the period the change or adjustment becomes known based on final settlements. We recorded retroactive adjustments that increased revenue by $0.5 million, $0.7 million and $0.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Because of the complexity of the laws and regulations governing Medicare and Medicaid assistance programs, our estimates may potentially change by a material amount. We record our revenue from private pay patients as services are performed. Also, see Note 15 for further discussion.
 
Accounts Receivable
 
Accounts receivable are comprised of amounts due from patients and residents, Medicare and Medicaid payor programs, third party insurance payors and other nursing facilities and customers. We value our receivables based on the net amount we expect to receive from these payors. In evaluating the collectibility of our accounts receivable, management considers a number of factors including changes in collection patterns, accounts receivable aging trends by payor category and the status of ongoing disputes with third party payors. The percentages applied to our aged receivable balances for purposes of establishing allowances for doubtful accounts are based on our historical experience and time limits, if any, for managed care, Medicare and Medicaid. We periodically refine our procedures for estimating the allowance for doubtful accounts based on experience with the estimation process and changes in circumstances. Our receivables from Medicare and Medicaid payor programs accounted for approximately 59% and 61% of our total accounts receivable as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, and represents our only significant concentration of credit risk.
 
Self-Insurance
 
We are partially self-insured for general and professional liability up to a base amount per claim (the self-insured retention) with an aggregate, one time deductible above this limit. Losses beyond these amounts are insured through third-party policies with coverage limits per occurrence, per location and on an aggregate basis for our Company. For claims made in 2008, the self-insured retention was $0.4 million per claim with a $0.9 million deductible. As of December 31, 2008, the third-party coverage above these limits was $1.0 million per occurrence, $3.0 million per facility with a $6.0 million blanket aggregate.
 
The self-insured retention and deductible limits for general and professional liability and worker’s compensation are self-insured through the Captive, the related assets and liabilities of which are included in the


58


Table of Contents

accompanying consolidated financial statements. The Captive is subject to certain statutory requirements as an insurance provider. These requirements include, but are not limited to, maintaining statutory capital. Our policy is to accrue amounts equal to the actuarially estimated costs to settle open claims of insureds, as well as an estimate of the cost of insured claims that have been incurred but not reported. We develop information about the size of the ultimate claims based on historical experience, current industry information and actuarial analysis, and evaluate the estimates for claim loss exposure on a quarterly basis. Accrued general liability and professional malpractice liabilities recorded on an undiscounted basis in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheets were $17.9 million and $18.6 million as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 
Our operating subsidiaries are self-insured for workers’ compensation liability in California. To protect ourselves against loss exposure in California, with this policy, we have purchased individual stop-loss insurance coverage that insures individual claims that exceed $0.6 million for each claim. In Texas, our operating subsidiaries have elected non-subscriber status for workers’ compensation claims. Our operating subsidiaries in other states have third party guaranteed cost coverage. In California and Texas, we accrue amounts equal to the estimated costs to settle open claims, as well as an estimate of the cost of claims that have been incurred but not reported. We use actuarial valuations to estimate the liability based on historical experience and industry information. Accrued workers’ compensation liabilities are recorded on an undiscounted basis in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheets and were $6.5 million and $4.1 million as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 
During 2003 and 2004, our California and Arizona operating subsidiaries were insured for workers’ compensation liability by a third-party carrier under a policy where the retrospective premium was adjusted annually based on incurred developed losses and allocated expenses. Based on a comparison of the computed retrospective premium to the actual payments funded, amounts will be due to the insurer or insured. The term for this policy expired and all remaining balances were settled with the insurance carrier during the quarter ended September 30, 2008. The funded accrual in excess of the estimated liabilities is included in prepaid expenses and other current assets in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheets and was $0 and $0.4 million as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 
We provide self-insured medical (including prescription drugs) and dental healthcare benefits to the majority of our employees. We are fully liable for all financial and legal aspects of these benefit plans. To protect ourselves against loss exposure with this policy, we have purchased individual stop-loss insurance coverage that insures individual claims that exceed $0.2 million for each covered person, which resets every plan year or a lifetime maximum of $5.0 million per each covered person’s lifetime on the PPO plan and unlimited on the HMO plan. We have also purchased aggregate stop-loss coverage that reimburses the plan up to $5.0 million to the extent that paid claims exceed $7.2 million. The aforementioned coverage only applies to claims paid during the plan year. Our accrued liability under these plans recorded on an undiscounted basis in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheets was $1.9 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 
We believe that adequate provision has been made in the consolidated financial statements for liabilities that may arise out of patient care, workers’ compensation, healthcare benefits and related services provided to date. The amount of our reserves was determined based on an estimation process that uses information obtained from both company-specific and industry data. This estimation process requires us to continuously monitor and evaluate the life cycle of the claims. Using data obtained from this monitoring and our assumptions about emerging trends, we, with the assistance of an independent actuary, develop information about the size of ultimate claims based on our historical experience and other available industry information. The most significant assumptions used in the estimation process include determining the trend in costs, the expected cost of claims incurred but not reported and the expected costs to settle or pay damage awards with respect to unpaid claims. It is possible, however, that the actual liabilities may exceed our estimate of loss.
 
The self-insured liabilities are based upon estimates, and while management believes that the estimates of loss are reasonable, the ultimate liability may be in excess of or less than the recorded amounts. Due to the inherent volatility of actuarially determined loss estimates, it is reasonably possible that we could experience changes in estimated losses that could be material to net income. If our actual liability exceeds its estimate of loss, its future earnings and financial condition could be adversely affected.


59


Table of Contents

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
 
We review the carrying value of long-lived assets that are held and used in our operations for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of these assets is determined based upon expected undiscounted future net cash flows from the operations to which the assets relate, utilizing management’s best estimate, appropriate assumptions, and projections at the time. If the carrying value is determined to be unrecoverable from future operating cash flows, the asset is deemed impaired and an impairment loss would be recognized to the extent the carrying value exceeded the estimated fair value of the asset. We estimate the fair value of assets based on the estimated future discounted cash flows of the asset. Management has evaluated its long-lived assets and has not identified any impairment as of December 31, 2008.
 
Intangible Assets and Goodwill
 
Intangible assets consist primarily of deferred financing costs, favorable lease, lease acquisition costs and trade names. Deferred financing costs are amortized over the term of the related debt, ranging from five to 26 years. Favorable leases and lease acquisition costs are amortized over the life of the lease of the facility, ranging from ten to 20 years. Trade names are amortized over 30 years.
 
Goodwill is accounted for under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 141, Business Combinations (SFAS 141) and represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of identifiable net assets acquired in business combinations. In accordance with SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (SFAS 142), goodwill is subject to annual testing for impairment. In addition, goodwill is tested for impairment if events occur or circumstances change that would reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. We define reporting units as the individual facilities. We perform our annual test for impairment during the fourth quarter of each year. We did not record any impairment charges during the year ended December 31, 2008. If the seven facilities with goodwill were to experience circumstances that would reduce their fair value below its carrying amount, we could record a goodwill impairment charge of approximately $2.9 million.
 
Stock-Based Compensation
 
As of January 1, 2006, we adopted SFAS No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment (SFAS 123(R)), which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense for all share-based payment awards made to employees and directors including employee stock options based on estimated fair values, ratably over the requisite service period of the award. Net income has been reduced as a result of the recognition of the fair value of all stock options issued on and subsequent to January 1, 2006, the amount of which is contingent upon the number of future options granted and other variables. We have recognized $1.7 million, $1.5 million and $0.4 million in compensation expense during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Prior to the adoption of SFAS 123(R), we accounted for stock-based awards to employees and directors using the intrinsic value method in accordance with Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees (APB 25) as allowed under SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation (SFAS 123).
 
Income Taxes
 
Income taxes are accounted for in accordance with SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes (SFAS 109). Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are established for temporary differences between the financial reporting basis and the tax basis of our assets and liabilities at tax rates expected to be in effect when such temporary differences are expected to reverse. The temporary differences are primarily attributable to compensation accruals, straight line rent adjustments and reserves for doubtful accounts and insurance liabilities. When necessary, we record a valuation allowance to reduce its net deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized. In considering the need for a valuation allowance against some portion or all of its deferred tax assets, we must make certain estimates and assumptions regarding future taxable income, the feasibility of tax planning strategies and other factors.
 
Estimates and judgments regarding deferred tax assets and the associated valuation allowance, if any, are based on, among other things, knowledge of operations, markets, historical trends and likely future changes and, when


60


Table of Contents

appropriate, the opinions of advisors with knowledge and expertise in certain fields. However, due to the nature of certain assets and liabilities, there are risks and uncertainties associated with some of our estimates and judgments. Actual results could differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. The net deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 were $11.8 million and $11.7 million, respectively. We expect to fully utilize these deferred tax assets; however, their ultimate realization is dependent upon the amount of future taxable income during the periods in which the temporary differences become deductible.
 
As of January 1, 2007, we adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes — an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 (FIN 48). FIN 48 requires us to maintain a liability for underpayment of income taxes and related interest and penalties, if any, for uncertain income tax positions. In considering the need for and magnitude of a liability for uncertain income tax positions, we must make certain estimates and assumptions regarding the amount of income tax benefit that will ultimately be realized. The ultimate resolution of an uncertain tax position may not be known for a number of years, during which time we may be required to adjust these reserves, in light of changing facts and circumstances.
 
We used an estimate of our annual income tax rate to recognize a provision for income taxes in financial statements for interim periods. However, changes in facts and circumstances could result in adjustments to our effective tax rate in future quarterly or annual periods.
 
Acquisition Policy
 
We periodically enter into agreements to acquire assets and/or businesses. The considerations involved in each of these agreements may include cash, financing, and/or long-term lease arrangements for real properties. We evaluate each transaction to determine whether the acquired interests are assets or businesses using the framework provided by Emerging Issue Task Force (EITF) Issue No. 98-3, Determining Whether a Nonmonetary Transaction Involves Receipt of Productive Assets or of a Business (EITF 98-3). EITF 98-3 defines a business as a self sustaining integrated set of activities and assets conducted and managed for the purpose of providing a return to investors. A business consists of (a) input; (b) processes applied to those inputs; and (c) resulting outputs that are used to generate revenues. In order for an acquired set of activities and assets to be a business, it must contain all of the inputs and processes necessary for it to continue to conduct normal operations after the acquired entity is separated from the seller, including the ability to sustain a revenue stream by providing its outputs to customers. An acquired set of activities and assets fail the definition of a business if it excludes one or more of the above items such that it is not possible to continue normal operations and sustain a revenue stream by providing its products and/or services to customers.
 
Leases and Leasehold Improvements
 
We account for leases in accordance with SFAS No. 13, Accounting for Leases (SFAS 13), and other related guidance. At the inception of each lease, we perform an evaluation to determine whether the lease should be classified as an operating or capital lease. We record rent expense for leases that contain scheduled rent increases on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. The lease term used for straight-line rent expense is calculated from the date we are given control of the leased premises through the end of the lease term, as established in accordance with SFAS 13. The lease term used for this evaluation also provides the basis for establishing depreciable lives for buildings subject to lease and leasehold improvements, as well as the period over which we record straight-line rent expense.
 
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
 
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141(R), Business Combinations (SFAS 141(R)), which replaces SFAS 141. The provisions of SFAS 141(R) are similar to those of SFAS 141; however, SFAS 141(R) requires companies to record most identifiable assets, liabilities, noncontrolling interests, and goodwill acquired in a business combination at “full fair value.” SFAS 141(R) also requires companies to record fair value estimates of contingent consideration and certain other potential liabilities during the original purchase price allocation and to expense acquisition costs as incurred. This statement applies to all business combinations, including combinations by contract alone. Further, under SFAS 141(R), all business combinations will be accounted for by applying the


61


Table of Contents

acquisition method. SFAS 141(R) is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008. Accordingly, any business combinations we engage in will be recorded and disclosed according to SFAS 141, until January 1, 2009. We expect SFAS 141(R) will have an impact on our consolidated financial statements when effective, but the nature and magnitude of the specific effects will depend upon the nature, terms and size of the acquisitions, if any, that we consummate after the effective date.
 
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements (SFAS 160), which will require noncontrolling interests (previously referred to as minority interests) to be treated as a separate component of equity, not as a liability or other item outside of permanent equity. This Statement applies to the accounting for noncontrolling interests and transactions with non-controlling interest holders in consolidated financial statements. SFAS 160 will be applied prospectively to all noncontrolling interests, including any that arose before the effective date except that comparative period information must be recast to classify noncontrolling interests in equity, attribute net income and other comprehensive income to noncontrolling interests, and provide other disclosures required by SFAS 160. SFAS 160 is effective for periods beginning on or after December 15, 2008. The adoption of SFAS 160 is not expected to have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or liquidity.
 
In September 2008, the FASB finalized Staff Position (FSP) No. EITF 03-6-1, Determining Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based Payment Transactions Are Participating Securities (FSP 03-6-1). The FSP affects entities that accrue cash dividends on share-based payment awards during the awards’ service period when the dividends do not need to be returned if the employees forfeit the awards. The FASB concluded that all outstanding unvested share-based payment awards that contain rights to nonforfeitable dividends participate in undistributed earnings with common shareholders and therefore the issuing entity is required to apply the two-class method of computing basic and diluted earnings per share. The FSP is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years. We are currently evaluating the impact that FSP 03-6-1 will have on our consolidated financial statements.
 
Adoption of New Accounting Pronouncements
 
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (SFAS 157) which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in accordance with GAAP, and requires enhanced disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS 157 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. In February 2008 the FASB issued FSP 157-2, Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157 , which delays the effective date of SFAS 157 for non-financial assets and liabilities, other than those that are recognized or disclosed at fair value on a recurring basis, to fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008. The adoption of SFAS 157 related to financial assets and liabilities had no impact on our consolidated financial statements. We are currently evaluating the impact, if any, that SFAS 157 may have on our future consolidated financial statements related to non-financial assets and liabilities.
 
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities — Including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115 (SFAS 159). SFAS 159 permits all entities to choose, at specified election dates, to measure certain financial instruments and other items at fair value (fair value option). A business entity must report unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value option has been elected in earnings at each subsequent reporting date. Upfront costs and fees related to items for which the fair value option is elected shall be recognized in earnings as incurred and not deferred. SFAS 159 is effective as of the beginning of an entity’s first fiscal year that begins after November 15, 2007. The adoption of SFAS 159 at the beginning of fiscal 2008 had no impact on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.
 
In September 2007, the FASB ratified EITF Issue No. 06-11, Accounting for Income Tax Benefits of Dividends on Share-Based Payment Awards (EITF 06-11). This EITF prescribes that the tax benefit received on dividends associated with non-vested share-based awards that are charged to retained earnings should be recorded in additional paid-in capital and included in the pool of excess tax benefits available to absorb potential future tax deficiencies of share based payment awards. EITF 06-11 is effective for the tax benefits of dividends declared in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2007. The adoption of EITF 06-11 at the beginning of fiscal 2008 did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.


62


Table of Contents

Results of Operations
 
The following table sets forth details of our revenue, expenses and earnings as a percentage of total revenue for the periods indicated:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
 
Revenue
    100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %
Expenses:
                       
Cost of services (exclusive of facility rent and depreciation and amortization shown separately below)
    80.3       81.4       79.4  
Facility rent — cost of services
    3.2       4.1       4.6  
General and administrative expense
    4.2       3.9       4.0  
Depreciation and amortization
    1.9       1.7       1.2  
                         
Total expenses
    89.6       91.1       89.2  
Income from operations
    10.4       8.9       10.8  
Other income (expense):
                       
Interest expense
    (1.0 )     (1.2 )     (0.8 )
Interest income
    0.3       0.4       0.2  
                         
Other expense, net
    (0.7 )     (0.8 )     (0.6 )
                         
Income before provision for income taxes
    9.7       8.1       10.2  
Provision for income taxes
    3.8       3.1       3.9  
                         
Net income
    5.9 %     5.0 %     6.3 %
                         


63


Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2008 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2007
 
                                 
    Year Ended December 31,              
    2008     2007     Change     % Change  
    (Dollars in thousands)              
 
Total Facility Results:
                               
Revenue
  $ 469,372     $ 411,318     $ 58,054       14.1 %
Number of facilities at period end
    63       61       2       3.3 %
Actual patient days
    2,135,662       2,078,893       56,769       2.7 %
Occupancy percentage — Operational beds
    81.1 %     81.3 %             (0.2 )%
Skilled mix by nursing days
    24.4 %     22.7 %             1.7 %
Skilled mix by revenue
    46.9 %     43.1 %             3.8 %
Same Facility Results(1):
                               
Revenue
  $ 444,059     $ 396,862     $ 47,197       11.9 %
Number of facilities at period end
    57       57             %
Actual patient days
    2,006,695       1,993,282       13,413       0.7 %
Occupancy percentage — Operational beds
    82.1 %     81.9 %             0.2 %
Skilled mix by nursing days
    24.8 %     23.1 %             1.7 %
Skilled mix by revenue
    47.2 %     43.5 %             3.7 %
2008 Recently Acquired Facility Results(2):
                               
Revenue
  $ 4,959     $     $ 4,959       NM  
Number of facilities at period end
    2             2       NM  
Actual patient days
    20,645             20,645       NM  
Occupancy percentage — Operational beds
    67.5 %     %             NM  
Skilled mix by nursing days
    29.3 %     %             NM  
Skilled mix by revenue
    53.2 %     %             NM  
2007 Recently Acquired Facility Results(2):
                               
Revenue
  $ 20,354     $ 14,456     $ 5,898       40.8 %
Number of facilities at period end
    4       4             %
Actual patient days
    108,322       85,611       22,711       26.5 %
Occupancy percentage — Operational beds
    67.6 %     68.3 %             (0.7 )%
Skilled mix by nursing days
    15.9 %     13.5 %             2.4 %
Skilled mix by revenue
    38.1 %     33.5 %             4.6 %
Total Recently Acquired Facility Results(2):
                               
Revenue
  $ 25,313     $ 14,456     $ 10,857       75.1 %
Number of facilities at period end
    6       4       2       50.0 %
Actual patient days
    128,967       85,611       43,356       50.6 %
Occupancy percentage — Operational beds
    67.6 %     68.3 %             (0.7 )%
Skilled mix by nursing days
    18.0 %     13.5 %             4.5 %
Skilled mix by revenue
    41.1 %     33.5 %             7.6 %
 
 
(1) Same Facility represents all facilities acquired prior to January 1, 2007.
 
(2) Recently Acquired Facility represents all facilities acquired subsequent to January 1, 2007.
 
Revenue.  Revenue increased $58.1 million, or 14.1%, to $469.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $411.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. Of the $58.1 million increase, Medicare and managed care revenue increased $43.3 million, or 24.6%, Medicaid revenue increased $13.3 million, or 7.2%, and private and other revenue increased $1.5 million, or 2.9%


64


Table of Contents

Revenue generated by Same Facilities increased $47.2 million, or 11.9%, for the year ended December 31, 2008 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2007. This increase was primarily due to increases in skilled mix and occupancy rates of 1.7% and 0.2%, respectively, combined with higher reimbursement rates resulting from statutory increases and higher acuity levels relative to the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase in Same Facility occupancy occurred despite an overall census decrease of 5.8% at our assisted living facilities. The increase in skilled mix was primarily due to an increase in Medicare days of 9.0% as compared to the year ended December 31, 2007.
 
Approximately $10.9 million of the total revenue increase was due to revenue generated by Recently Acquired Facilities, which was primarily attributable to the increase in actual patient days due to the effect of having a year of operations in 2008 at facilities acquired in 2007, complimented by higher skilled mix and quality mix at such facilities. This growth was hindered in part by generally lower occupancy rates. Historically, we have generally experienced lower occupancy rates, lower skilled mix and quality mix in Recently Acquired Facilities, and in the future, if we acquire additional facilities into our overall portfolio, we expect this trend to continue.
 
The following table reflects the change in the skilled nursing average daily revenue rates by payor source, excluding therapy and other ancillary services that are not covered by the daily rate:
 
                                                 
    Year Ended December 31,
    Total   Acquisitions   Same Facility
    2008   2007   2008   2007   2008   2007
 
Skilled Nursing Average Daily Revenue Rates:
                                               
Medicare
  $ 507.02     $ 451.33     $ 434.00     $ 414.60     $ 511.95     $ 452.82  
Managed care
    328.17       297.42       444.78       343.73       325.11       297.05  
Total skilled revenue
    436.20       389.96       436.26       406.23       436.20       389.52  
Medicaid
    158.07       149.53       137.80       125.21       159.36       150.73  
Private and other payors
    169.24       161.64       135.40       126.44       174.17       164.09  
Total skilled nursing revenue
  $ 226.88     $ 205.22     $ 190.93     $ 163.24     $ 229.39     $ 207.19  
 
The average Medicare daily rate increased by approximately 12.3% in the year ended December 31, 2008 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2007, as a result of higher acuity patient mix and an increase in the average Medicare rate of approximately 3.4% as a result of the market basket increase beginning in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2008. The average Managed care rate increased 10.3% in the year ended December 31, 2008 as compared to the same period in the prior year as a result of higher patient acuity mix and higher reimbursement rates. The average Medicaid rate increase of 5.7% in the year ended December 31, 2008 relative to the same period in the prior year primarily resulted from increases in reimbursement rates. The change in the daily rate in the private and other payors category was primarily due to net rate changes based on local market dynamics.


65


Table of Contents

Payor Sources as a Percentage of Skilled Nursing Services.  We use both our skilled mix and quality mix as measures of the quality of reimbursements we receive at our skilled nursing facilities over various periods. The following table sets forth our percentage of skilled nursing patient revenue and days by payor source:
 
                                                 
    Year Ended December 31,
    Total   Acquisitions   Same Facility
    2008   2007   2008   2007   2008   2007
 
Percentage of Skilled Nursing Revenue:
                                               
Medicare
    32.9 %     30.0 %     32.3 %     30.1 %     32.9 %     30.0 %
Managed care
    14.0       13.1       8.8       3.3       14.3       13.5  
                                                 
Skilled mix
    46.9       43.1       41.1       33.4       47.2       43.5  
Private and other payors
    9.4       10.3       17.6       15.7       9.0       10.0  
                                                 
Quality mix
    56.3       53.4       58.7       49.1       56.2       53.5  
Medicaid
    43.7       46.6       41.3       50.9       43.8       46.5  
                                                 
Total skilled nursing
    100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %
                                                 
 
                                                 
    Year Ended December 31,
    Total   Acquisitions   Same Facility
    2008   2007   2008   2007   2008   2007
 
Percentage of Skilled Nursing Days:
                                               
Medicare
    14.7 %     13.6 %     14.2 %     11.9 %     14.7 %     13.7 %
Managed care
    9.7       9.1       3.8       1.6       10.1       9.4  
                                                 
Skilled mix
    24.4       22.7       18.0       13.5       24.8       23.1  
Private and other payors
    12.7       13.0       24.8       20.2       11.9       12.7  
                                                 
Quality mix
    37.1       35.7       42.8       33.7       36.7       35.8  
Medicaid
    62.9       64.3       57.2       66.3       63.3       64.2  
                                                 
Total skilled nursing
    100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %
                                                 
 
The period to period increase in the quality mix is attributable to the combined increases in Medicare occupancy rates and higher reimbursement rates, which are described above.
 
Cost of Services (exclusive of facility rent and depreciation and amortization shown separately).  Cost of services increased $41.7 million, or 12.5%, to $376.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $335.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. Cost of services decreased as a percent of total revenue to 80.3% for the year ended December 31, 2008 as compared to 81.4% for the year ended December 31, 2007. Of the $41.7 million increase, $32.5 million was attributable to Same Facility increases and the remaining $9.2 million was attributable to Recently Acquired Facilities. The $32.5 million increase was primarily due to a $14.5 million increase in salaries and benefits, a $4.6 million increase in insurance costs and a $10.2 million increase in ancillary expenses, partially offset by a reduction in contract nursing services of $1.9 million. The increase in salaries and benefits was primarily due to increases in nursing wages and benefits, a portion of which is attributable to replacing contract nursing labor with full time employees. The increase in insurance costs was primarily a result of increased self-insured workers compensation costs due to an increase in current and projected claims. The increase in ancillary expenses is primarily due to increased therapy expenses which correspond to increases in skilled mix. Additionally, as a result of the adoption of SFAS 123(R), we have, and will continue to experience higher stock-based compensation expense.
 
Facility Rent — Cost of Services.  Facility rent — cost of services decreased $1.8 million, or 10.5%, to $14.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $16.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. Facility rent-cost of services decreased as a percent of total revenue to 3.2% for the year ended December 31, 2008 as compared to 4.1% for the year ended December 31, 2007. This decrease is due to a $1.4 million decrease as


66


Table of Contents

a result of our purchases of four previously leased properties during 2007 and six previously leased properties during 2008 and a recovery of $0.6 million related to the favorable settlement of an accrued contingent rent liability. This decrease was slightly offset by annual increases in rent at Same Facilities.
 
General and Administrative Expense.  General and administrative expense increased $4.1 million, or 25.6%, to $20.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $15.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. General and administrative expense increased as a percent of total revenue to 4.2% for the year ended December 31, 2008 as compared to 3.9% for the year ended December 31, 2007. The $4.1 million increase was primarily due to increases in wage and benefits of $2.3 million and professional fees of $0.6 million. The increase in wages and benefits was primarily due to additional staffing in our accounting and legal departments. The increase in professional fees was primarily due to increases in accounting, tax services and professional fees, all of which were increased in scope as compared to December 31, 2007 in relation to fulfilling the requirements of entering the public marketplace, which includes the adoption of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Additionally, as a result of the adoption of SFAS 123(R), we have, and will continue to experience higher stock-based compensation expense.
 
Depreciation and Amortization.  Depreciation and amortization expense increased $2.0 million, or 29.6%, to $9.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $7.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. Depreciation and amortization expense increased as a percent of total revenue to 1.9% for the year ended December 31, 2008 as compared to 1.7% for the year ended December 30, 2007. This increase was related to the additional depreciation and amortization of Recently Acquired Facilities, as well as an increase in Same Facility depreciation expense due to purchases of four previously leased properties during 2007 and six previously leased properties during 2008, as well as renovations occurring throughout the company.
 
Other Income (Expense).  Other expense, net increased $0.1 million, or 3.8%, to $3.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $3.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. Other expense, net decreased as a percent of total revenue to 0.7% for the year ended December 31, 2008 as compared to 0.8% for the year ended December 31, 2007. This change was primarily due to a $0.2 million decrease in interest income received for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to the year ended December 31, 2007. The decrease in interest income was due to reduced interest rates and declining balance on our investment of IPO proceeds in bank term deposits and treasury bill related investments as a result of purchasing previously leased facilities and deposits on new acquisitions.
 
Provision for Income Taxes.  Provision for income taxes increased $4.8 million, or 37.4%, to $17.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $12.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. This increase resulted from the increase in income before income taxes of $11.8 million, or 35.3%. Our effective tax rate was 39.2% for the year ended December 31, 2008 as compared to 38.6% for the year ended December 31, 2007.


67


Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2007 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2006
 
                                 
    Year Ended December 31,        
    2007   2006   Change   % Change
    (Dollars in thousands)        
 
Total Facility Results:
                               
Revenue
  $ 411,318     $ 358,574     $ 52,744       14.7 %
Number of facilities at period end
    61       57       4       7.0 %
Actual patient days
    2,078,893       1,849,932       228,961       12.4 %
Occupancy percentage — Operational beds
    81.3 %     82.6 %             (1.3 )%
Skilled mix by nursing days
    22.7 %     24.3 %             (1.6 )%
Skilled mix by revenue
    43.1 %     45.6 %             (2.5 )%
Same Facility Results(1):
                               
Revenue
  $ 344,712     $ 337,004     $ 7,708       2.3 %
Number of facilities at period end
    46       46             %
Actual patient days
    1,713,103       1,730,689       (17,586 )     (1.0 )%
Occupancy percentage — Operational beds
    84.0 %     85.1 %             (1.1 )%
Skilled mix by nursing days
    23.7 %     24.8 %             (1.1 )%
Skilled mix by revenue
    44.0 %     46.2 %             (2.2 )%
2007 Recently Acquired Facility Results(2):
                               
Revenue
  $ 14,456     $     $ 14,456       NM  
Number of facilities at period end
    4             4       NM  
Actual patient days
    85,611             85,611       NM  
Occupancy percentage — Operational beds
    68.3 %     %             NM  
Skilled mix by nursing days
    13.5 %     %             NM  
Skilled mix by revenue
    33.5 %     %             NM  
2006 Recently Acquired Facility Results(2):
                               
Revenue
  $ 52,150     $ 21,570     $ 30,580       141.8 %
Number of facilities at period end
    11       11             %
Actual patient days
    280,179       119,243       160,936       135.0 %
Occupancy percentage — Operational beds
    70.9 %     71.5 %             (0.6 )%
Skilled mix by nursing days
    19.9 %     17.7 %             2.2 %
Skilled mix by revenue
    40.6 %     37.4 %             3.2 %
Total Recently Acquired Facility Results(2):
                               
Revenue
  $ 66,606     $ 21,570     $ 45,036       208.8 %
Number of facilities at period end
    15       11       4       36.4 %
Actual patient days
    365,790       119,243       246,547       206.8 %
Occupancy percentage — Operational beds
    70.3 %     71.5 %             (1.2 )%
Skilled mix by nursing days
    18.3 %     17.7 %             0.6 %
Skilled mix by revenue
    39.1 %     37.4 %             1.7 %
 
 
(1) Same Facility represents all facilities acquired prior to January 1, 2006.
 
(2) Recently Acquired Facility represents all facilities acquired subsequent to January 1, 2006.
 
Revenue.  Revenue increased $52.7 million, or 14.7%, to $411.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $358.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. Of the $52.7 million increase, skilled revenue (Medicare and managed care) increased $13.9 million, or 9.0%, Medicaid revenue increased $31.5 million, or 20.9%, and private and other revenue increased $7.3 million, or 16.0%.


68


Table of Contents

Revenue generated by facilities acquired prior to January 1, 2006 (Same Facilities) increased $7.7 million, or 2.3%, for the year ended December 31, 2007 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2006. This increase was primarily due to higher reimbursement rates relative to the year ended December 31, 2006, as described below, partially offset by declines in skilled mix by nursing days and occupancy rate. Same Facility skilled mix and occupancy rate declines of 1.1% and 0.6%, respectively, were primarily attributable to three facilities, where revenues decreased by an aggregate of approximately $4.7 million. These three facilities experienced occupancy rate declines of 1.3%, 9.8% and 12.0% as compared to the year ended December 31, 2006. These declines were primarily attributable to Medicare day declines. The occupancy declines at two of these facilities were primarily the result of admission holds during the first quarter of 2007, followed by a slower than anticipated climb to more normalized occupancy levels. The decline at the remaining facility is attributable to a change in local market factors. These revenue declines were more than offset by the increase in same facility revenues primarily attributable to increases in reimbursement rates; see further discussion below. For additional discussion on admission holds see our Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Industry “Public and governmental calls for increased survey and enforcement efforts against long-term care facilities could result in increased scrutiny by state and federal survey agencies.”
 
Approximately $45.0 million of the total revenue increase was due to revenue generated by facilities acquired during 2006 and 2007 (Recently Acquired Facilities) which was primarily attributable to the increase in actual patient days, complemented by an increase in skilled mix and quality mix by nursing day at such facilities. This growth was hindered in part by generally lower occupancy rates. The occupancy rate, skilled mix and quality mix at Recently Acquired Facilities were 64.4%, 18.3% and 34.1%, respectively, as compared to corresponding rates at Same Facilities of 81.4%, 23.7% and 36.1%, respectively. Historically, we have generally experienced lower occupancy rates, lower skilled mix and quality mix in Recently Acquired Facilities.
 
The following table reflects the change in the skilled nursing average daily revenue rates by payor source, excluding therapy and other ancillary services that are not covered by the daily rate:
 
                                                 
    Year Ended December 31,
    Total   Acquisitions   Same Facility
    2007   2006   2007   2006   2007   2006
 
Skilled Nursing Average Daily Revenue Rates:
                                               
Medicare
  $ 451.33     $ 441.78     $ 391.13     $ 385.10     $ 467.64     $ 446.31  
Managed care
    297.42       274.39       352.50       301.81       294.25       274.07  
Total skilled revenue
    389.96       377.54       385.53       377.77       390.74       377.53  
Medicaid
    149.53       143.88       133.22       135.72       153.42       144.54  
Private and other payors
    161.64       152.74       142.38       137.81       167.01       154.04  
Total skilled nursing revenue
  $ 205.22     $ 201.45     $ 180.92     $ 178.89     $ 210.76     $ 203.12  
 
The average Medicare daily rate increased by approximately 2.2% in the year ended December 31, 2007 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2006, primarily as a result of statutory inflationary increases. The average Medicaid rate increase of 3.9% in the year ended December 31, 2007 relative to the same period in the prior year primarily resulted from increases in reimbursement rates. The change in the daily rate in the private and other payors category was primarily due to net rate changes based on local market dynamics.


69


Table of Contents

Payor Sources as a Percentage of Skilled Nursing Services.  We use both our skilled mix and quality mix as measures of the quality of reimbursements we receive at our skilled nursing facilities over various periods. The following table sets forth our percentage of skilled nursing patient revenue and days by payor source:
 
                                                 
    Year Ended December 31,
    Total   Acquisitions   Same Facility
    2007   2006   2007   2006   2007   2006
 
Percentage of Skilled Nursing Revenue:
                                               
Medicare
    30.0 %     32.9 %     33.9 %     34.8 %     29.3 %     32.8 %
Managed care
    13.1       12.7       5.2       2.6       14.7       13.4  
                                                 
Skilled mix
    43.1       45.6       39.1       37.4       44.0       46.2  
Private and other payors
    10.3       9.9       12.4       11.8       9.8       9.8  
                                                 
Quality mix
    53.4       55.5       51.5       49.2       53.8       56.0  
Medicaid
    46.6       44.5       48.5       50.8       46.2       44.0  
                                                 
Total skilled nursing
    100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %
                                                 
 
                                                 
    Year Ended December 31,
    Total   Acquisitions   Same Facility
    2007   2006   2007   2006   2007   2006
 
Percentage of Skilled Nursing Days:
                                               
Medicare
    13.6 %     15.0 %     15.7 %     16.1 %     13.2 %     14.9 %
Managed care
    9.1       9.3       2.6       1.6       10.5       9.9  
                                                 
Skilled mix
    22.7       24.3       18.3       17.7       23.7       24.8  
Private and other payors
    13.0       13.1       15.8       15.3       12.4       13.0  
                                                 
Quality mix
    35.7       37.4       34.1       33.0       36.1       37.8  
Medicaid
    64.3       62.6       65.9       67.0       63.9       62.2  
                                                 
Total skilled nursing
    100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %
                                                 
 
The period to period decline in the quality mix is primarily attributable to the decline in Medicare occupancy rates, which is described above.
 
Cost of Services (exclusive of facility rent and depreciation and amortization shown separately below).  Cost of services increased $50.2 million, or 17.6%, to $335.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $284.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. Of the $50.2 million increase, $12.4 million was attributable to Same Facility increases and the remaining $37.8 million was attributable to Recently Acquired Facilities. The $50.2 million increase was primarily due to a $27.9 million increase in salaries and benefits, a $4.1 million increase in insurance costs and a $7.3 million increase in ancillary expenses. Of the $27.9 million increase in salaries and benefits, $6.4 million was attributable to Same Facility increases and the remaining $21.5 million was attributable to Recently Acquired Facilities. The increase in salaries and benefits was primarily due to increases in nursing wages and benefits. The increase in insurance costs was primarily a result of increased self-insured medical and dental healthcare benefits due to an increase in current and projected claims. Additionally, as a result of the adoption of SFAS 123(R), we have, and will continue to experience higher stock-based compensation expense. We granted approximately 0.4 million stock options to employees and non employee directors in January 2008. The quantity of grants was somewhat elevated over our normal option grant patterns because we did not make grants during 2007 while in the process of becoming a public company.
 
Facility Rent — Cost of Services.  Facility rent — cost of services increased $0.3 million, or 1.7%, to $16.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $16.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. This expense includes an increase of $0.9 million due to the acquisition of facilities under operating lease agreements that we began operating during 2006 and 2007 and annual increases in rent tied to the change in the


70


Table of Contents

Consumer Price Index (CPI) at Same Facilities. This increase was directly offset by a decrease in rent expense of $0.6 million as a result of our purchases of previously leased properties during 2006 and 2007.
 
General and Administrative Expense.  General and administrative expense increased $1.7 million, or 12.2%, to $15.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $14.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. The $1.7 million increase was primarily due to increases in professional fees of $1.8 million and wage and benefits of $2.4 million. The increase in professional fees was primarily due to increases in accounting and tax services and professional staffing fees, all of which were increased in scope as compared to December 31, 2006 as we were transitioning to a public company. The increase in wages and benefits was primarily due to additional staffing in our accounting and legal departments. These increases were offset in part by reductions in incentive compensation of $1.8 million due to reduced profitability as well as reduced litigation costs due to the settlement of a class action lawsuit during 2006 which did not recur in 2007. Additionally, as a result of the adoption of SFAS 123(R), we have, and will continue to experience higher stock-based compensation expense. We granted approximately 0.4 million stock options to employees and non employee directors in January 2008. The quantity of grants was somewhat elevated over our normal option grant patterns because we did not make grants during 2007 while in the process of becoming a public company.
 
Depreciation and Amortization.  Depreciation and amortization expense increased $2.8 million, or 65.0%, to $7.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $4.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. This increase was related to the additional depreciation and amortization of Recently Acquired Facilities, as well as an increase in Same Facility depreciation expense due to increased capital improvements.
 
Other Income (Expense).  Other income (expense) increased $1.1 million, or 48.1%, to $3.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $2.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. This increase was primarily due to an increase in interest expense primarily related to an increase in overall borrowings that occurred throughout 2006 and thereby resulted in a larger balance outstanding under the Term Loan during the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase in interest expense was partially offset by an increase in interest income of $0.8 million to $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $0.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. This increase primarily resulted from interest earned on our higher average cash balances within our insurance subsidiary’s investment balances and IPO funds.
 
Provision for Income Taxes.  Provision for income taxes decreased $1.2 million, or 8.6%, to $12.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $14.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. This decrease resulted from lower income before income taxes, which was offset in part by an increase in the 2007 effective tax rate of 0.1% due to the adoption of FIN 48 and its impact on our permanent non-deductible items and accruals for tax related interest.
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
Our primary sources of liquidity have historically been derived from our cash flow from operations, long term debt secured by our real property and our Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement (the Revolver). As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the maximum available for borrowing under the Revolver was approximately $50.0 million and $20.0 million, respectively, subject to available collateral limits. During the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, the amount of borrowing capacity pledged to secure outstanding letters of credit was $2.1 million and $8.4 million, respectively. In addition, the Revolver includes provisions that allow the Lender to establish reserves against collateral for actual and contingent liabilities, a right which the Lender exercised with our cooperation in December 2008. This reserve restricts $6.0 million of our borrowing capacity, and may be reduced or eliminated based upon developments with respect to the ongoing U.S. Attorney investigation.
 
Since 2004, we have financed the majority of our facility acquisitions primarily through refinancing of existing facilities, cash generated from operations or proceeds from the IPO. Cash paid for business acquisitions was $2.0 million, $9.5 million and $29.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Cash paid for asset acquisitions was $18.5 million, $16.0 million and $11.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006. Where we enter into a facility lease agreement, we typically do not pay any material amount to the prior facility operator, nor do we acquire any assets or assume any liabilities, other than


71


Table of Contents

our rights and obligations under the new lease and operations transfer agreement, as part of the transaction. Leases are included in the contractual obligations section below.
 
Additionally, in 2008, we purchased the underlying assets of six facilities that we previously operated under long-term lease arrangements. These facilities were purchased for an aggregate of $18.5 million, which was paid in cash from our IPO proceeds and is presented in the purchase of property and equipment in the statement of cash flows for the year ended 2008. Total capital expenditures for property and equipment were $19.8 million, $19.7 million, and $3.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. We currently have $12.5 million budgeted for capital expenditure projects in 2009.
 
We believe our current cash balances, our cash flow from operations and our Revolver will be sufficient to cover our operating needs for at least the next 12 months. We may in the future seek to raise additional capital to fund growth, capital renovations, operations and other business activities, but such additional capital may not be available on acceptable terms, on a timely basis, or at all.
 
Our cash and cash equivalents as of December 31, 2008 consisted of bank term deposits, money market funds and treasury bill related investments. Our market risk exposure is interest income sensitivity, which is affected by changes in the general level of U.S. interest rates, particularly because our investments are in cash equivalents. The primary objective of our investment activities is to preserve principal while at the same time maximizing the income we receive from our investments without significantly increasing risk. Due to the short-term duration of our investment portfolio and the low risk profile of our investments, an immediate 10% change in interest rates would not have a material effect on the fair market value of our portfolio. Accordingly, we would not expect our operating results or cash flows to be affected to any significant degree by the effect of a sudden change in market interest rates on our securities portfolio.
 
The following table presents selected data from our consolidated statement of cash flows for the periods presented:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
    (In thousands)  
 
Net cash provided by operating activities
  $ 46,671     $ 18,649     $ 30,945  
Net cash used in investing activities
    (50,930 )     (45,764 )     (43,709 )
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    (6,147 )     53,356       26,620  
                         
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    (10,406 )     26,241       13,856  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
    51,732       25,491       11,635  
                         
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
  $ 41,326     $ 51,732     $ 25,491  
                         
 
Year Ended December 31, 2008 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2007
 
Net cash provided by operations for the year ended December 31, 2008 was $46.7 million compared to $18.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, an increase of $28.1 million. This increase was due in part to our improved operating results, which contributed $41.8 million in 2008 after adding back depreciation and amortization, deferred income taxes, provision for doubtful accounts, stock-based compensation, excess tax benefit from share based compensation and loss on disposition of property and equipment (non-cash charges), as compared to $33.0 million for 2007, an increase of $8.8 million. Other contributors to the remaining increase of $19.3 million included decreased cash disbursements related to prepaid income taxes and accrued wages and related liabilities. These increases to cash flow from operations were offset in part by increased cash disbursements related to accounts payable and insurance subsidiary deposits.
 
Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2008 was $50.9 million compared to $45.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, an increase of $5.1 million. The increase was the result of $10.1 million in cash held in escrow deposits as of December 31, 2008 for acquisitions finalized on January 1, 2009 and purchased property and equipment, partially offset by cash paid for business acquisitions in the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to the year ended December 31, 2007.


72


Table of Contents

Net cash used by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2008 totaled $6.1 million compared to net cash provided of $53.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, a decrease of $59.5 million. The decrease was primarily due to the receipt of proceeds from our IPO of approximately $56.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2007, with no similar proceeds during the year ended December 31, 2008. Other contributors to the remaining decrease of $2.9 million included the payment of the remaining principal balance on one mortgage note, increase in dividends paid and payments of deferred financing costs in connection with the amendment to the Revolver during the year ended December 31, 2008.
 
Year Ended December 31, 2007 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2006
 
Net cash provided by operations for the year ended December 31, 2007 was $18.6 million compared to $30.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, a decrease of $12.3 million. This decrease was due in part to a decline of $9.4 million which included increased accounts receivable balances due to acquisitions and increased cash disbursements related to prepaid expenses. The increase in accounts receivable was primarily attributable to our increased revenues in 2007, combined with a reduction in accounts receivable collection which was primarily attributable to our collection of approximately $4.7 million in retroactive California rate increases related to prior years, during 2006, which did not reoccur in 2007. The increase in prepaid expenses during 2007 was primarily driven by higher prepaid income taxes as compared to 2006. Other contributors to the remaining decline of $2.9 million included cash disbursements related to accrued wages and other liabilities.
 
Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2007 was $45.8 million compared to $43.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $2.1 million. The increase was primarily the result of cash we paid for property and equipment during the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to the year ended December 31, 2006, partially offset by the decrease in cash paid for facility acquisitions during the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to the year ended December 31, 2006.
 
Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2007 totaled $53.4 million compared to $26.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $26.8 million. The increase was primarily due to the receipt of proceeds from our IPO, net of underlying discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us (Net Proceeds), of approximately $56.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2007. This increase was partially offset by the receipt of proceeds from the issuance of debt during the year ended December 31, 2006, which did not recur during the year ended December 31, 2007.
 
Principal Debt Obligations and Capital Expenditures
 
Revolving Credit Facility with General Electric Capital Corporation
 
On March 25, 2004, we entered into the Revolver, as amended on December 3, 2004, with General Electric Capital Corporation (the Lender). On February 21, 2008, we amended our Revolver by extending the term to 2013, increasing the available credit thereunder up to the lesser of $50.0 million or 85% of the eligible accounts receivable, and changing the interest rate for all or any portion of the outstanding indebtedness thereunder to any of three options, as we may elect from time to time, (i) the 1, 2, 3 or 6 month LIBOR (at our option) plus 2.5%, or (ii) the greater of (a) prime plus 1.0% or (b) the federal funds rate plus 1.5% or (iii) a floating LIBOR rate plus 2.5%. In connection with the Revolver, we incurred financing costs of approximately $0.4 million. The Revolver contains typical representations and financial and non-financial covenants for a loan of this type, a violation of which could result in a default under the Revolver and could possibly cause all amounts owed by us, including amounts due under the Term Loan, to be declared immediately due and payable. In addition, the Revolver includes provisions that allow the Lender to establish reserves against collateral for actual and contingent liabilities, a right which the Lender exercised with our cooperation in December 2008. This reserve restricts $6.0 million of our borrowing capacity, and may be reduced or eliminated based upon developments with respect to the ongoing U.S. Attorney investigation.
 
The proceeds of the loans under the Revolver have been and continue to be used for working capital and other expenses arising in our ordinary course of business.


73


Table of Contents

The Revolver contains affirmative and negative covenants, including limitations on:
 
  •  certain indebtedness;
 
  •  certain investments, loans, advances and acquisitions;
 
  •  certain sales or other dispositions of our assets;
 
  •  certain liens and negative pledges;
 
  •  financial covenants;
 
  •  changes of control (as defined in the loan agreement);
 
  •  certain mergers, consolidations, liquidations and dissolutions;
 
  •  certain sale and leaseback transactions without the Lender’s consent;
 
  •  dividends and distributions during the existence of an event of default;
 
  •  guarantees and other contingent liabilities;
 
  •  affiliate transactions that are not in the ordinary course of business; and
 
  •  certain changes in capital structure.
 
A violation of these or other representations or covenants of ours could result in a default under the Revolver and could possibly cause the entire amount outstanding under the Revolver and a cross-default of all amounts owed by us, including amounts due under the Third Amended and Restated Loan Agreement (Term Loan), to be declared immediately due and payable.
 
In connection with the Revolver, the majority of our subsidiaries granted a first priority security interest to the Lender in, among other things: (1) all accounts, accounts receivable and rights to payment of every kind, contract rights, chattel paper, documents and instruments with respect thereto, and all of our rights, remedies, securities and liens in, to, and in respect of our accounts, (2) all moneys, securities, and other property and the proceeds thereof under the control of the Lender and its affiliates, (3) all right, title and interest in, to and in respect of all goods relating to or resulting in accounts, (4) all deposit accounts into which our accounts are deposited, (5) general intangibles and other property of every kind relating to our accounts, (6) all other general intangibles, including, without limitation, proceeds from insurance policies, intellectual property rights, and goodwill, (7) inventory, machinery, equipment, tools, fixtures, goods, supplies, and all related attachments, accessions and replacements, and (8) proceeds, including insurance proceeds, of all of the foregoing. In the event of our default, the Lender has the right to take possession of the foregoing with or without judicial process.
 
Term Loan with General Electric Capital Corporation
 
On December 29, 2006, a number of our independent real estate holding subsidiaries jointly entered into the Term Loan with the Lender, which consists of an approximately $55.7 million multiple-advance term loan. The Term Loan matures on September 29, 2016, and is currently secured by the real and personal property comprising the ten facilities owned by these subsidiaries.
 
The Term Loan has been funded in advances, with each advance bearing interest at a separate rate. The interest rates range from 6.95% to 7.50% per annum. The proceeds of the advances made under the Term Loan have been used to refinance an existing loan from the Lender secured by certain of the properties, and to purchase other additional properties that we were previously leasing.
 
In connection with the Term Loan, we have guaranteed the payment and performance of all the obligations of our real estate holding subsidiaries under the loan documents for the Term Loan. In the event of our default under the Term Loan, all amounts owed by our subsidiaries, and guaranteed by us, under this loan agreement and any other loan with the Lender, including the Revolver discussed above, would become immediately due and payable. In addition, in the event of our default under the Term Loan, the Lender has the right to take control of our facilities encumbered by the loan to the extent necessary to make such payments and perform such acts required under the loan.
 
Under the Term Loan, we are subject to standard reporting requirements and other typical covenants for a loan of this type. Effective October 1, 2006 and continuing each calendar quarter thereafter, we are subject to restrictive


74


Table of Contents

financial covenants, including average occupancy, Debt Service (as defined in the agreement) and Project Yield (as defined in the agreement). As of December 31, 2008, we were in compliance with all loan covenants. As of December 31, 2008, our borrowing subsidiaries had $54.1 million outstanding on the Term Loan.
 
Mortgage Loan with Continental Wingate Associates, Inc.
 
Ensign Southland LLC, a subsidiary of The Ensign Group, Inc., entered into a mortgage loan on January 30, 2001 with Continental Wingate Associates, Inc. The mortgage loan is insured with the U.S. Department of Housing and Development, or HUD, which subjects our Southland facility to HUD oversight and periodic inspections. As of December 31, 2008, the balance outstanding on this mortgage loan was approximately $6.5 million. The unpaid balance of principal and accrued interest from this mortgage loan is due on February 1, 2027. The mortgage loan bears interest at the rate of 7.5% per annum.
 
This mortgage loan is secured by the real property comprising the Southland Care Center facility and the rents, issues and profits thereof, as well as all personal property used in the operation of the facility.
 
Contractual Obligations, Commitments and Contingencies
 
Our principal contractual obligations and commitments as of December 31, 2008 were as follows:
 
                                                                 
    2009     2010     2011     2012     2013     Thereafter     Other(1)     Total  
    (In thousands)  
 
Operating lease obligations
  $ 15,355     $ 14,210     $ 13,885     $ 13,572     $ 12,985     $ 55,912           $ 125,919  
Capital lease obligations
    248       336       336       336       336       3,332             4,924  
Long-term debt obligations
    1,062       1,158       1,246       1,330       1,442       54,313             60,551  
Interest payments on long-term debt
    4,426       4,344       4,256       4,172       4,060       12,089             33,347  
FIN 48 obligations, including interest and penalties
                                        149       149  
                                                                 
Total
  $ 21,091     $ 20,048     $ 19,723     $ 19,410     $ 18,823     $ 125,646     $ 149     $ 224,890  
                                                                 
 
 
(1) Approximately $0.1 million of unrecognized tax benefits and potential interest have been recorded as liabilities in accordance with FIN 48. None of our liabilities for uncertain tax positions are currently subject to examination. As a result, we cannot reasonably determine the expected timing for the cash resolution of the majority of these liabilities and have excluded them from any of the time certain categories in this table of contractual obligations.
 
Not included in the table above are our actuarially determined self-insured general and professional malpractice liability, worker’s compensation and medical (including prescription drugs) and dental healthcare obligations which are broken out between current and long-term liabilities in our financial statements included in this annual report.
 
We lease certain facilities and our Service Center office under operating leases, most of which have initial lease terms ranging from five to 20 years. Most of these leases contain options to renew or extend the lease term, some of which involve rent increases. We also lease a majority of our equipment under operating leases with initial terms ranging from three to five years. Total rent expense, inclusive of straight-line rent adjustments, was $15.4 million, $17.0 million and $16.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. In addition to the above, we lease one facility under a capital lease agreement with an initial lease term of 15 years.
 
In March 2007, we and certain of our officers received a series of notices from our bank indicating that the United States Attorney for the Central District of California had issued an authorized investigative demand, a request for records similar to a subpoena, to our bank. The U.S. Attorney subsequently rescinded that demand. The


75


Table of Contents

rescinded demand requested documents from our bank related to financial transactions involving us, ten of our operating subsidiaries, an outside investor group, and certain of our current and former officers. Subsequently, in June of 2007, the U.S. Attorney sent a letter to one of our current employees requesting a meeting. The letter indicated that the U.S. Attorney and the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services Office of Inspector General were conducting an investigation of claims submitted to the Medicare program for rehabilitation services provided at unspecified facilities. Although both we and the employee offered to cooperate, the U.S. Attorney later withdrew its meeting request.
 
On December 17, 2007, we were informed by Deloitte & Touche LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm that the U.S. Attorney served a grand jury subpoena on Deloitte & Touche LLP, relating to The Ensign Group, Inc., and several of our operating subsidiaries. The subpoena confirmed our previously reported belief that the U.S. Attorney was conducting an investigation involving facilities operated by certain of our operating subsidiaries. All together, the March 2007 authorized investigative demand and the December 2007 subpoena specifically covered information from a total of 18 of our 63 facilities. In February 2008, the U.S. Attorney contacted two additional current employees. Both we and the employees contacted have offered to cooperate and meet with the U.S. Attorney, however, to date, the U.S. Attorney has declined these offers. Based on these events, we believe that the U.S. Attorney may be conducting parallel criminal, civil and administrative investigations involving The Ensign Group and one or more of our skilled nursing facilities.
 
Pursuant to these investigations, on December 17, 2008, representatives from the U.S. Department of Justice (DOJ) served search warrants on our Service Center and six of our Southern California skilled nursing facilities. Following the execution of the warrants on the six facilities, a subpoena was issued covering eight additional facilities. We and our regulatory counsel are actively working with the U.S. Attorney’s office to determine what additional documents will be assistive to their inquiry, and to help target the scope of the production, pursuant to the subpoena, to those documents.
 
We are cooperating with the U.S. Attorney’s office, and will continue working with them to the extent they will allow us to help move their inquiry forward. To our knowledge, however, neither The Ensign Group, Inc. nor any of our operating subsidiaries or employees has been formally charged with any wrongdoing. We cannot predict or provide any assurance as to the possible outcome of the investigation or any possible related proceedings, or as to the possible outcome of any qui tam litigation that may follow, nor can we estimate the possible loss or range of loss that may result from any such proceedings and, therefore, we have not recorded any related accruals. To the extent the U.S. Attorney’s office elects to pursue this matter, or if the investigation has been instigated by a qui tam relator who elects to pursue the matter, and we are subjected to or alleged to be liable for claims or obligations under federal Medicare statutes, the federal False Claims Act, or similar state and federal statutes and related regulations, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected and our stock price could decline.
 
We initiated an internal investigation in November 2006 when we became aware of an allegation of possible reimbursement irregularities at one or more of our facilities. This investigation focused on 12 facilities, and included all six of the facilities which were covered by the warrants served in December 2008. We retained outside counsel to assist us in looking into these matters. We and our outside counsel concluded this investigation in February 2008 without identifying any systemic or patterns and practices of fraudulent or intentional misconduct. We made observations at certain facilities regarding areas of potential improvement in some of our recordkeeping and billing practices and have implemented measures, some of which were already underway before the investigation began, that we believe will strengthen our recordkeeping and billing processes. None of these additional findings or observations appears to be rooted in fraudulent or intentional misconduct. We continue to evaluate the measures we have implemented for effectiveness, and we are continuing to seek ways to improve these processes.
 
As a byproduct of our investigation we identified a limited number of selected Medicare claims for which adequate backup documentation could not be located or for which other billing deficiencies existed. We, with the assistance of independent consultants experienced in Medicare billing, completed a billing review on these claims. To the extent missing documentation was not located, we treated the claims as overpayments. Consistent with healthcare industry accounting practices, we record any charge for refunded payments against revenue in the period in which the claim adjustment becomes known. During the year ended December 31, 2007, we accrued a liability of


76


Table of Contents

approximately $0.2 million, plus interest, for selected Medicare claims for which documentation has not been located or for other billing deficiencies identified to date. These claims have been submitted for settlement with the Medicare Fiscal Intermediary. If additional reviews result in identification and quantification of additional amounts to be refunded, we would accrue additional liabilities for claim costs and interest, and repay any amounts due in normal course. If future investigations ultimately result in findings of significant billing and reimbursement noncompliance which could require us to record significant additional provisions or remit payments, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected and our stock price could decline.
 
See additional description of our contingencies in Notes 11 and 15 in Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
Inflation
 
We have historically derived a substantial portion of our revenue from the Medicare program. We also derive revenue from state Medicaid and similar reimbursement programs. Payments under these programs generally provide for reimbursement levels that are adjusted for inflation annually based upon the state’s fiscal year for the Medicaid programs and in each October for the Medicare program. These adjustments may not continue in the future, and even if received, such adjustments may not reflect the actual increase in our costs for providing healthcare services.
 
Labor and supply expenses make up a substantial portion of our cost of services. Those expenses can be subject to increase in periods of rising inflation and when labor shortages occur in the marketplace. To date, we have generally been able to implement cost control measures or obtain increases in reimbursement sufficient to offset increases in these expenses. We may not be successful in offsetting future cost increases.
 
Off-Balance Sheet and Other Arrangements
 
As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, we had approximately $2.1 million and $8.4 million of borrowing capacity on the Revolver pledged as collateral to secure outstanding letters of credit.
 
Item 7A.   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
 
Interest Rate Risk.  We are exposed to interest rate changes in connection with the Revolver, which is available but is not regularly used to maintain liquidity and fund capital expenditures and operations. Our interest rate risk management objective is to limit the impact of interest rate changes on earnings and cash flows and to provide more predictability to our overall borrowing costs. To achieve this objective, we borrow primarily at fixed rates, although the Revolver is available and could be used for short-term borrowing purposes. At December 31, 2008, we had no outstanding floating rate debt.
 
Our cash and cash equivalents as of December 31, 2008 consisted of bank term deposits, money market funds and treasury bill related investments. Our market risk exposure is interest income sensitivity, which is affected by changes in the general level of U.S. interest rates, particularly because our investments are in cash equivalents. The primary objective of our investment activities is to preserve principal while at the same time maximizing the income we receive from our investments without significantly increasing risk. Due to the short-term duration of our investment portfolio and the low risk profile of our investments, an immediate 10% change in interest rates would not have a material effect on the fair market value of our portfolio. Accordingly, we would not expect our operating results or cash flows to be affected to any significant degree by the effect of a sudden change in market interest rates on our securities portfolio.
 
The above only incorporates those exposures that exist as of December 31, 2008, and does not consider those exposures or positions which could arise after that date. If we diversify our investment portfolio into securities and other investment alternatives, we may face increased risk and exposures as a result of interest risk and the securities markets in general.


77


Table of Contents

Item 8.   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
 
Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)
 
The following table presents our unaudited quarterly consolidated results of operations for each of the eight quarters in the two year period ended December 31, 2008. The unaudited quarterly consolidated information has been derived from our unaudited quarterly financial statements on Forms 10-Q, and prepared on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements. You should read the following table presenting our quarterly consolidated results of operations in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The operating results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of the operating results for any future period.
 
                                                                 
    Dec. 31,
    Sept. 30,
    June 30,
    Mar. 31,
    Dec. 31,
    Sept. 30,
    June 30,
    March 31,
 
    2008     2008     2008     2008     2007     2007     2007     2007  
    (In thousands)  
 
Revenue
  $ 123,947     $ 116,328     $ 115,318     $ 113,779     $ 108,979     $ 104,092     $ 100,269     $ 97,978  
Cost of services (exclusive of facility rent and depreciation and amortization)
    98,378       94,297       92,633       91,434       87,837       86,176       80,154       80,847  
Total expenses
    109,983       104,494       103,725       102,515       98,270       96,166       89,884       90,280  
                                                                 
Income from operations
    13,964       11,834       11,593       11,264       10,709       7,926       10,385       7,698  
Net income
  $ 7,859     $ 6,797     $ 6,519     $ 6,334     $ 6,229     $ 4,466     $ 5,695     $ 4,137  
                                                                 
Net income per share:
                                                               
Basic
  $ 0.38     $ 0.33     $ 0.32     $ 0.31     $ 0.35     $ 0.32     $ 0.41     $ 0.30  
                                                                 
Diluted
  $ 0.38     $ 0.33     $ 0.32     $ 0.31     $ 0.32     $ 0.26     $ 0.34     $ 0.24  
                                                                 
Weighted average common shares outstanding:
                                                               
Basic(1)
    20,546       20,525       20,508       20,498       17,566       13,506       13,463       13,420  
                                                                 
Diluted
    20,841       20,777       20,636       20,647       19,204       16,878       16,878       16,904  
                                                                 
 
 
(1) The number of shares included in the weighted average common shares outstanding basic calculation for each quarter presented since the quarter ended December 31, 2007 incorporates shares issued in connection with our IPO and the conversion of our Series A preferred stock.
 
The additional information required by this Item 8 is included in appendix pages 83 through 114 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
 
Item 9.   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants and Financial Disclosures
 
None.
 
Item 9A.   Controls and Procedures
 
(a)   Conclusion Regarding the Effectiveness of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
 
The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information we are required to disclose in reports that we file or submit under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (Exchange Act) is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in Securities and Exchange Commission rules and forms. In designing and evaluating our disclosure controls and procedures, our management recognized that any system of controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives, as ours are designed to do, and management necessarily was required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures.


78


Table of Contents

In connection with the preparation of this Annual Report on Form 10-K our management evaluated, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures, as such term is defined under Rule 13a-15(e) promulgated under the Exchange Act, and to ensure that information required to be disclosed is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive and financial officers, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Based on this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
 
(b)   Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
 
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act. Internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting using the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control — Integrated Framework. Based on our evaluation, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
 
Our independent registered public accounting firm, Deloitte & Touche LLP, has audited the consolidated financial statements included in this annual report on Form 10-K and, as part of their audit, has issued an audit report, included herein, on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Their report is set forth below.
 
(c)   Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
 
There were no changes in our internal controls over financial reporting, as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act, that occurred during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
 
(d)   Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
The Ensign Group, Inc.
Mission Viejo, California
 
We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of The Ensign Group, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.


79


Table of Contents

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
 
Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on the criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
 
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule as of and for the year ended December 31, 2008 of the Company and our report dated February 17, 2009 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements and the financial statement schedule.
 
 
/s/  DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
 
Costa Mesa, California
February 17, 2009
 
Item 9B.   Other Information
 
None.


80


Table of Contents

 
PART III.
 
Item 10.   Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
 
There is incorporated herein by reference the information required by this Item in our definitive proxy statement for the 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders that will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission no later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008.
 
Item 11.   Executive Compensation
 
There is incorporated herein by reference the information required by this Item in our definitive proxy statement for the 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders that will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission no later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008.
 
Item 12.   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
 
There is incorporated herein by reference the information required by this Item in our definitive proxy statement for the 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders that will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission no later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008.
 
Item 13.   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence
 
There is incorporated herein by reference the information required by this Item in our definitive proxy statement for the 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders that will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission no later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008.
 
Item 14.   Principal Accounting Fees and Services
 
There is incorporated herein by reference the information required by this Item in our definitive proxy statement for the 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders that will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission no later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008.
 
PART IV.
 
Item 15.   Exhibits, Financial Statements and Schedules
 
The following documents are filed as a part of this report:
 
(a) (1) Financial Statements:
 
The Financial Statements are included in Item 8 and are filed as part of this report.
 
(2) Financial Statement Schedule:
 
Schedule II:  Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
 
(a) (3) Exhibits: An “Exhibit Index” has been filed as a part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K beginning on page 115 hereof and is incorporated herein by reference


81


Table of Contents

 
SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
Dated: February 17, 2009
 
The Ensign Group, Inc.
 
  By: 
/s/  Christopher R. Christensen
Christopher R. Christensen
Chief Executive Officer and President
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/  Christopher R. Christensen

Christopher R. Christensen
  Chief Executive Officer, President and Director (principal executive officer)   February 17, 2009
         
/s/  Alan J. Norman

Alan J. Norman
  Chief Financial Officer (principal financial and accounting officer)   February 17, 2009
         
/s/  Roy E. Christensen

Roy E. Christensen
  Chairman of the Board   February 17, 2009
         
/s/  Antoinette T. Hubenette

Antoinette T. Hubenette
  Director   February 17, 2009
         
/s/  Thomas A. Maloof

Thomas A. Maloof
  Director   February 17, 2009
         
/s/  Charles M. Blalack

Charles M. Blalack
  Director   February 17, 2009
         
/s/  John G. Nackel

John G. Nackel
  Director   February 17, 2009


82


 

THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
 
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 
         
    84  
Consolidated Financial Statements:
       
    85  
    86  
    87  
    88  
    89  


83


Table of Contents

 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
The Ensign Group, Inc.
Mission Viejo, California
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of The Ensign Group, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15. These financial statements and the financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and the financial statement schedule based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of The Ensign Group, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, such financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.
 
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on the criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 17, 2009 expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
 
/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
 
Costa Mesa, California
February 17, 2009


84


Table of Contents

 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
    (In thousands, except
 
    par values)  
 
ASSETS
Current assets:
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 41,326     $ 51,732  
Accounts receivable — less allowance for doubtful accounts of $7,266 and $7,454 at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively
    49,188       50,615  
Prepaid income taxes
          5,835  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    4,692       5,319  
Deferred tax asset — current
    9,242       6,862  
                 
Total current assets
    104,448       120,363  
Property and equipment, net
    157,029       124,861  
Insurance subsidiary deposits
    11,745       8,810  
Escrow deposits
    10,090        
Deferred tax asset
    2,565       4,865  
Restricted assets
    3,768       3,273  
Intangible assets, net
    4,374       2,335  
Goodwill
    2,882       2,882  
                 
Total assets
  $ 296,901     $ 267,389  
                 
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:
               
Accounts payable
  $ 12,682     $ 14,699  
Accrued wages and related liabilities
    25,389       21,141  
Accrued self-insurance liabilities — current
    7,454       7,424  
Other accrued liabilities
    11,050       11,137  
Current maturities of long-term debt
    1,062       2,993  
                 
Total current liabilities
    57,637       57,394  
Long-term debt — less current maturities
    59,489       60,577  
Accrued self-insurance liabilities
    18,864       17,236  
Deferred rent and other long-term liabilities
    4,890       2,505  
Commitments and contingencies (Notes 11 and 15)
               
Stockholders’ equity:
               
Common stock; $0.001 par value; 75,000 shares authorized; 21,236 and 20,564 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2008, respectively, and 21,196 and 20,480 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2007, respectively
    21       21  
Additional paid-in capital
    64,110       62,142  
Retained earnings
    96,237       72,119  
Common stock in treasury, at cost, 672 and 716 shares at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively
    (4,347 )     (4,605 )
                 
Total stockholders’ equity
    156,021       129,677  
                 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 296,901     $ 267,389  
                 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


85


Table of Contents

 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
    (In thousands, except per share data)  
 
Revenue
  $ 469,372     $ 411,318     $ 358,574  
Expense:
                       
Cost of services (exclusive of facility rent and depreciation and amortization shown separately below)
    376,742       335,014       284,847  
Facility rent — cost of services
    14,932       16,675       16,404  
General and administrative expense
    20,017       15,945       14,210  
Depreciation and amortization
    9,026       6,966       4,221  
                         
Total expenses
    420,717       374,600       319,682  
Income from operations
    48,655       36,718       38,892  
Other income (expense):
                       
Interest expense
    (4,784 )     (4,844 )     (2,990 )
Interest income
    1,374       1,558       772  
                         
Other expense, net
    (3,410 )     (3,286 )     (2,218 )
Income before provision for income taxes
    45,245       33,432       36,674  
Provision for income taxes
    17,736       12,905       14,125  
                         
Net income
  $ 27,509     $ 20,527     $ 22,549  
                         
Net income per share:
                       
Basic
  $ 1.34     $ 1.39     $ 1.66  
                         
Diluted
  $ 1.33     $ 1.17     $ 1.34  
                         
Weighted average common shares outstanding:
                       
Basic
    20,520       14,497       13,366  
                         
Diluted
    20,715       17,470       16,823  
                         
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


86


Table of Contents

 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 
                                                         
                Additional
                         
    Common Stock     Paid-In
    Retained
    Treasury Stock        
    Shares     Amount     Capital     Earnings     Shares     Amount     Total  
    (In thousands)  
 
Balance — December 31, 2005
    13,914     $ 14     $ 613     $ 34,307       400     $ (2,300 )   $ 32,634  
Issuance of common stock to employees and directors resulting from the exercise of stock options
    184               195               (45 )     259       454  
Repurchase of common stock
    (4 )             (1 )                             (1 )
Dividends declared
                            (2,132 )                     (2,132 )
Employee stock award compensation
                    443                               443  
Purchase of treasury stock
    (400 )                             400       (2,800 )     (2,800 )
Net income
                            22,549                       22,549  
                                                         
Balance — December 31, 2006
    13,694       14       1,250       54,724       755       (4,841 )     51,147  
Issuance of common stock to employees and directors resulting from the exercise of stock options
    48               117               (39 )     236       353  
Conversion of preferred shares
    2,741       3       2,722                               2,725  
Issuance of common stock in connection with initial public offering
    4,000       4       56,586                               56,590  
Repurchase of common stock
    (3 )             (1 )                             (1 )
Dividends declared
                            (2,792 )                     (2,792 )
Employee stock award compensation
                    1,468                               1,468  
Net income
                            20,527                       20,527  
Cumulative effect to prior year accumulated deficit related to the adoption of FIN 48
                            (340 )                     (340 )
                                                         
Balance — December 31, 2007
    20,480       21       62,142       72,119       716       (4,605 )     129,677  
Issuance of common stock to employees and directors resulting from the exercise of stock options
    84               179               (44 )     258       437  
Dividends declared
                            (3,391 )                     (3,391 )
Employee stock award compensation
                    1,682                               1,682  
Excess tax benefit from exercise of stock options
                    107                               107  
Net income
                            27,509                       27,509  
                                                         
Balance — December 31, 2008
    20,564     $ 21     $ 64,110     $ 96,237       672     $ (4,347 )   $ 156,021  
                                                         
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


87


Table of Contents

 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
    (In thousands)  
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
                       
Net income
  $ 27,509     $ 20,527     $ 22,549  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
                       
Depreciation and amortization
    9,041       6,978       4,221  
Amortization of deferred financing fees
    95              
Deferred income taxes
    (79 )     831       (4,426 )
Provision for doubtful accounts
    3,213       3,135       4,191  
Stock-based compensation
    1,682       1,468       443  
Excess tax benefit from share based compensation
    (107 )     (87 )      
Loss on disposition of property and equipment
    476       117       30  
Change in operating assets and liabilities
                       
Accounts receivable
    (1,786 )     (8,465 )     (6,113 )
Prepaid income taxes
    5,942              
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    627       (6,969 )     89  
Insurance subsidiary deposits
    (2,935 )     (280 )     (3,983 )
Accounts payable
    (2,017 )     2,370       1,300  
Accrued wages and related liabilities
    4,248       (2,885 )     5,788  
Other accrued liabilities
    (283 )     (1,108 )     782  
Accrued self-insurance liabilities
    1,658       3,154       6,235  
Deferred rent liability
    (613 )     (137 )     (161 )
                         
Net cash provided by operating activities
    46,671       18,649       30,945  
                         
Cash flows from investing activities:
                       
Purchase of property and equipment
    (19,822 )     (19,711 )     (2,974 )
Cash payment for asset acquisitions
    (18,518 )     (15,946 )     (11,112 )
Cash payment for business acquisitions
    (2,005 )     (9,452 )     (28,967 )
Escrow deposits
    (10,090 )            
Restricted assets
    (622 )     (682 )     (418 )
Other assets
    127       27       (238 )
                         
Net cash used in investing activities
    (50,930 )     (45,764 )     (43,709 )
                         
Cash flows from financing activities:
                       
Proceeds from issuance of debt
                34,782  
Payments on long term debt
    (3,019 )     (958 )     (2,689 )
Issuance of treasury stock upon exercise of options
    258       236       259  
Issuance of common stock upon exercise of options
    179       117       195  
Repurchase of common stock
          (1 )     (1 )
Dividends paid
    (3,285 )     (2,631 )     (1,975 )
Proceeds from sale of common stock in connection with initial public offering (IPO), net of issuance costs
          56,590        
Principal payments under capital lease obligation
    (2 )            
Excess tax benefit from share based compensation
    107       87        
Payments of deferred financing costs
    (385 )     (84 )     (1,151 )
Purchase of treasury stock
                (2,800 )
                         
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
    (6,147 )     53,356       26,620  
                         
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
    (10,406 )     26,241       13,856  
Cash and cash equivalents beginning of year
    51,732       25,491       11,635  
                         
Cash and cash equivalents end of year
  $ 41,326     $ 51,732     $ 25,491  
                         
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information
                       
Cash paid during the period for:
                       
Interest
  $ 4,788     $ 4,456     $ 2,978  
                         
Income taxes
  $ 11,415     $ 19,642     $ 18,105  
                         
Non-cash investing and financing activities:
                       
Capital lease obligations
  $ 3,000              
                         
Transfer of capital reserves from other assets to property and equipment
  $     $     $ 43  
                         
Conditional asset retirement obligations under FIN 47
  $     $ 104     $ 50  
                         
Debt assumed in connection with acquisitions
  $     $     $ 2,104  
                         
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


88


Table of Contents

 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars and shares in thousands, except per share data)
 
1.   Description of Business
 
The Company — The Ensign Group, Inc., through its subsidiaries (collectively, Ensign or the Company), provides skilled nursing and rehabilitative care services through the operation of 63 facilities as of December 31, 2008, located in California, Arizona, Texas, Washington, Utah and Idaho. All of these facilities are skilled nursing facilities, other than three stand-alone assisted living facilities in Arizona and Texas and four campuses that offer both skilled nursing and assisted living services located in California, Arizona and Utah. The Company’s facilities, each of which strives to be the facility of choice in the community it serves, provide a broad spectrum of skilled nursing and assisted living services, physical, occupational and speech therapies, and other rehabilitative and healthcare services, for both long-term residents and short-stay rehabilitation patients. The Company’s facilities have a collective licensed capacity of over 7,600 skilled nursing, assisted living and independent living beds. As of December 31, 2008, the Company owned 32 of its 63 facilities and operated an additional 31 facilities through long-term lease arrangements, and had options to purchase or purchase agreements for nine of those 31 facilities.
 
The Ensign Group, Inc. is a holding company with no direct operating assets, employees or revenue. All of the Company’s facilities are operated by separate, wholly-owned, independent subsidiaries, each of which has its own management, employees and assets. One of the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiaries, referred to as the Service Center, provides centralized accounting, payroll, human resources, information technology, legal, risk management and other centralized services to the other operating subsidiaries through contractual relationships with such subsidiaries. The Company also has a wholly-owned captive insurance subsidiary (the Captive) that provides some claims-made coverage to the Company’s operating subsidiaries for general and professional liability, as well as coverage for certain workers’ compensation insurance liabilities.
 
Like the Company’s facilities, the Service Center and the Captive are operated by separate, wholly-owned, independent subsidiaries that have their own management, employees and assets. References herein to the consolidated “Company” and “its” assets and activities, as well as the use of the terms “we,” “us,” “our” and similar verbiage in this annual report is not meant to imply that The Ensign Group, Inc. has direct operating assets, employees or revenue, or that any of the facilities, the Service Center or the Captive are operated by the same entity.
 
2.   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
 
Basis of Presentation — The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The Company is the sole member or shareholder of various consolidated limited liability companies and corporations; each established to operate various acquired skilled nursing and assisted living facilities. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.
 
Estimates and Assumptions — The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting periods. The most significant estimates in the Company’s consolidated financial statements relate to revenue, allowance for doubtful accounts, intangible assets and goodwill, impairment of long-lived assets, patient liability, contingent liability, general and professional liability, worker’s compensation, and healthcare claims included in accrued self-insurance liabilities, stock-based compensation and income taxes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
Business Segments — The Company has a single reportable segment — long-term care services, which includes the operation of skilled nursing and assisted living facilities, and related ancillary services at the facilities. The Company’s single reporting segment is made up of several individual operating segments grouped together principally based on their geographical locations within the United States. Based on the similar economic and other


89


Table of Contents

 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
characteristics of each of the operating segments, management believes the Company meets the criteria for aggregating its operations into a single reporting segment.
 
Comprehensive Income — For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 there were no differences between comprehensive income and net income. Therefore, statements of comprehensive income have not been presented.
 
Fair Value of Financial Instruments — The Company’s financial instruments consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, insurance subsidiary deposits, accounts payable and borrowings. The Company believes all of the financial instruments’ recorded values approximate fair values because of their nature and respective short durations. The Company’s fixed-rate debt instruments do not actively trade in an established market. The fair values of this debt are estimated by discounting the principal and interest payments at rates available to the Company for debt with similar terms and maturities.
 
Revenue Recognition — The Company follows the provisions of Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) No. 104, Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements (SAB 104), for revenue recognition. Under SAB 104, four conditions must be met before revenue can be recognized: (i) there is persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists; (ii) delivery has occurred or service has been rendered; (iii) the price is fixed or determinable; and (iv) collection is reasonably assured.
 
The Company’s revenue is derived primarily from providing long-term healthcare services to residents and is recognized on the date services are provided at amounts billable to individual residents. For residents under reimbursement arrangements with third-party payors, including Medicaid, Medicare and private insurers, revenue is recorded based on contractually agreed-upon amounts on a per patient, daily basis.
 
Revenue from the Medicare and Medicaid programs accounted for approximately 75%, 74% and 75% of the Company’s revenue for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The Company records revenue from these governmental and managed care programs as services are performed at their expected net realizable amounts under these programs. The Company’s revenue from governmental and managed care programs is subject to audit and retroactive adjustment by governmental and third-party agencies. Consistent with healthcare industry accounting practices, any changes to these governmental revenue estimates are recorded in the period the change or adjustment becomes known based on final settlements. The Company recorded net retroactive adjustments that increased revenue by $522, $724 and $157, for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The Company also records revenue from private pay patients as services are performed.
 
Accounts Receivable — Accounts receivable consist primarily of amounts due from Medicare and Medicaid programs, other government programs, managed care health plans and private payor sources. Estimated provisions for doubtful accounts are recorded to the extent it is probable that a portion or all of a particular account will not be collected.
 
In evaluating the collectibility of accounts receivable, the Company considers a number of factors, including the age of the accounts, changes in collection patterns, the composition of patient accounts by payor type and the status of ongoing disputes with third-party payors. The percentages applied to the aged receivable balances are based on the Company’s historical experience and time limits, if any, for managed care, Medicare and Medicaid. The Company periodically refines its procedures for estimating the allowance for doubtful accounts based on experience with the estimation process and changes in circumstances.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents — Cash and cash equivalents consist of bank term deposits, money market funds and treasury bill related investments with original maturities of three months or less at time of purchase and therefore approximate fair value. The Company places its cash and short-term investments with high credit quality financial institutions.
 
Insurance Subsidiary Deposits — In order to reflect the nature of the Company’s captive insurance subsidiary cash and cash equivalents, insurance subsidiary cash balances that are designated to support long-term insurance


90


Table of Contents

 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
subsidiary liabilities have been presented in a long-term classification to reflect its purpose and the liabilities that the cash supports. Insurance subsidiary deposits classified as long-term were $11,745 and $8,810 as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. These deposits are currently held in a bank account with a high credit quality financial institution.
 
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets — The Company reviews the carrying value of long-lived assets that are held and used in the Company’s operations for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of these assets is determined based upon expected undiscounted future net cash flows from the operations to which the assets relate, utilizing management’s best estimate, appropriate assumptions, and projections at the time. If the carrying value is determined to be unrecoverable from future operating cash flows, the asset is deemed impaired and an impairment loss would be recognized to the extent the carrying value exceeded the estimated fair value of the asset. The Company estimates the fair value of assets based on the estimated future discounted cash flows of the asset. Management has evaluated its long-lived assets and has not identified any impairment as of December 31, 2008, 2007 or 2006.
 
Intangible Assets and Goodwill — Intangible assets consist primarily of deferred financing costs, favorable lease, lease acquisition costs and trade names. Deferred financing costs are amortized over the term of the related debt, ranging from five to 26 years. Favorable leases and lease acquisition costs are amortized over the life of the lease of the facility, ranging from ten to 20 years. Trade names are amortized over 30 years.
 
Goodwill is accounted for under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 141, Business Combinations (SFAS 141) and represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of identifiable net assets acquired in business combinations. In accordance with SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (SFAS 142), goodwill is subject to annual testing for impairment. In addition, goodwill is tested for impairment if events occur or circumstances change that would reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. The Company defines reporting units as the individual facilities. The Company performs its annual test for impairment during the fourth quarter of each year. The Company did not record any impairment charges during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 or 2006.
 
Deferred Rent — Deferred rent represents rental expense determined on a straight-line basis over the life of the related lease, in excess of actual rent payments
 
Self-Insurance — The Company is partially self-insured for general and professional liability up to a base amount per claim (the self-insured retention) with an aggregate, one time deductible above this limit. Losses beyond these amounts are insured through third-party policies with coverage limits per occurrence, per location and on an aggregate basis for the Company. For claims made in 2008, the self-insured retention was $350 per claim with a $900 deductible. As of December 31, 2008, the third-party coverage above these limits was $1,000 per occurrence, $3,000 per facility with a $6,000 blanket aggregate.
 
The self-insured retention and deductible limits for general and professional liability and worker’s compensation are self-insured through the Captive, the related assets and liabilities of which are included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. The Captive is subject to certain statutory requirements as an insurance provider. These requirements include, but are not limited to, maintaining statutory capital. The Company’s policy is to accrue amounts equal to the actuarially estimated costs to settle open claims of insureds, as well as an estimate of the cost of insured claims that have been incurred but not reported. The Company develops information about the size of the ultimate claims based on historical experience, current industry information and actuarial analysis, and evaluates the estimates for claim loss exposure on a quarterly basis. Accrued general liability and professional malpractice liabilities recorded on an undiscounted basis in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheets were $17,938 and $18,596 as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 
The Company’s operating subsidiaries are self-insured for workers’ compensation liability in California. To protect itself against loss exposure in California, with this policy, the Company has purchased individual stop-loss insurance coverage that insures individual claims that exceed $600 for each claim. In Texas, the operating


91


Table of Contents

 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
subsidiaries have elected non-subscriber status for workers’ compensation claims. The Company’s operating subsidiaries in other states have third party guaranteed cost coverage. In California and Texas, the Company accrues amounts equal to the estimated costs to settle open claims, as well as an estimate of the cost of claims that have been incurred but not reported. The Company uses actuarial valuations to estimate the liability based on historical experience and industry information. Accrued workers’ compensation liabilities are recorded on an undiscounted basis in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheets and were $6,511 and $4,145 as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 
During 2003 and 2004, the Company’s California and Arizona operating subsidiaries were insured for workers’ compensation liability by a third-party carrier under a policy where the retrospective premium was adjusted annually based on incurred developed losses and allocated expenses. Based on a comparison of the computed retrospective premium to the actual payments funded, amounts will be due to the insurer or insured. The term for this policy expired and all remaining balances were settled with the insurance carrier during the quarter ended September 30, 2008. The funded accrual in excess of the estimated liabilities was included in prepaid expenses and other current assets in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheets and was $0 and $431 as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 
The Company provides self-insured medical (including prescription drugs) and dental healthcare benefits to the majority of its employees. The Company is fully liable for all financial and legal aspects of these benefit plans. To protect itself against loss exposure with this policy, the Company has purchased individual stop-loss insurance coverage that insures individual claims that exceed $200 for each covered person, which resets every plan year or a lifetime maximum of $5,000 per each covered person’s lifetime on the PPO plan and unlimited on the HMO plan. The Company has also purchased aggregate stop-loss coverage that reimburses the plan up to $5,000 to the extent that paid claims exceed $7,225. The aforementioned coverage only applies to claims paid during the plan year. The Company’s accrued liability under these plans recorded on an undiscounted basis in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheets was $1,869 and $1,919 at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 
The Company believes that adequate provision has been made in the consolidated financial statements for liabilities that may arise out of patient care, workers’ compensation, healthcare benefits and related services provided to date. The amount of the Company’s reserves was determined based on an estimation process that uses information obtained from both company-specific and industry data. This estimation process requires the Company to continuously monitor and evaluate the life cycle of the claims. Using data obtained from this monitoring and the Company’s assumptions about emerging trends, the Company, with the assistance of an independent actuary, develops information about the size of ultimate claims based on the Company’s historical experience and other available industry information. The most significant assumptions used in the estimation process include determining the trend in costs, the expected cost of claims incurred but not reported and the expected costs to settle or pay damage awards with respect to unpaid claims. It is possible, however, that the actual liabilities may exceed the Company’s estimate of loss.
 
The self-insured liabilities are based upon estimates, and while management believes that the estimates of loss are reasonable, the ultimate liability may be in excess of or less than the recorded amounts. Due to the inherent volatility of actuarially determined loss estimates, it is reasonably possible that the Company could experience changes in estimated losses that could be material to net income. If the Company’s actual liability exceeds its estimate of loss, its future earnings and financial condition would be adversely affected.
 
Long-Term Debt — The carrying value of the Company’s long-term debt is considered to approximate the fair value of such debt for all periods presented based upon the interest rates that the Company believes it can currently obtain for similar debt.
 
Income Taxes — Income taxes are accounted for in accordance with SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes (SFAS 109). Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are established for temporary differences between the financial reporting basis and the tax basis of the Company’s assets and liabilities at tax rates expected to


92


Table of Contents

 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
be in effect when such temporary differences are expected to reverse. The temporary differences are primarily attributable to compensation accruals, straight line rent adjustments and reserves for doubtful accounts and insurance liabilities. When necessary, the Company records a valuation allowance to reduce its net deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized. In considering the need for a valuation allowance against some portion or all of its deferred tax assets, the Company must make certain estimates and assumptions regarding future taxable income, the feasibility of tax planning strategies and other factors.
 
Estimates and judgments regarding deferred tax assets and the associated valuation allowance, if any, are based on, among other things, knowledge of operations, markets, historical trends and likely future changes and, when appropriate, the opinions of advisors with knowledge and expertise in certain fields. However, due to the nature of certain assets and liabilities, there are risks and uncertainties associated with some of the Company’s estimates and judgments. Actual results could differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. The net deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 were $11,807 and $11,727, respectively. The Company expects to fully utilize these deferred tax assets; however, their ultimate realization is dependent upon the amount of future taxable income during the periods in which the temporary differences become deductible.
 
As of January 1, 2007, the Company adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes — an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 (FIN 48). FIN 48 requires the Company to maintain a liability for underpayment of income taxes and related interest and penalties, if any, for uncertain income tax positions. In considering the need for and magnitude of a liability for uncertain income tax positions, the Company must make certain estimates and assumptions regarding the amount of income tax benefit that will ultimately be realized. The ultimate resolution of an uncertain tax position may not be known for a number of years, during which time the Company may be required to adjust these reserves, in light of changing facts and circumstances.
 
Stock-Based Compensation — As of January 1, 2006, the Company adopted SFAS No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment (SFAS 123(R)), which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense for all share-based payment awards made to employees and directors including employee stock options based on estimated fair values, ratably over the requisite service period of the award. Net income has been reduced as a result of the recognition of the fair value of all stock options issued on and subsequent to January 1, 2006, the amount of which is contingent upon the number of future options granted and other variables. The Company recognized $1,682, $1,468 and $443 in compensation expense during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Prior to the adoption of SFAS 123(R), the Company accounted for stock-based awards to employees and directors using the intrinsic value method in accordance with Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees (APB 25) as allowed under SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation (SFAS 123).
 
Acquisition Policy — The Company periodically enters into agreements to acquire assets and/or businesses. The considerations involved in each of these agreements may include cash, financing and/or long-term lease arrangements for real properties. The Company evaluates each transaction to determine whether the acquired interests are assets or businesses using the framework provided by Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) Issue No. 98-3, Determining Whether a Nonmonetary Transaction Involves Receipt of Productive Assets or of a Business (EITF 98-3). EITF 98-3 defines a business as a self-sustaining integrated set of activities and assets conducted and managed for the purpose of providing a return to investors. A business consists of (a) input, (b) processes applied to those inputs, and (c) resulting outputs that are used to generate revenues. In order for an acquired set of activities and assets to be a business, it must contain all of the inputs and processes necessary for it to continue to conduct normal operations after the acquired entity is separated from the seller, including the ability to sustain a revenue stream by providing its outputs to customers. An acquired set of activities and assets fail the definition of a business if it excludes one or more of the above items such that it is not possible to continue normal operations and sustain a revenue stream by providing its products and/or services to customers.


93


Table of Contents

 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Leases and Leasehold Improvements — The Company accounts for leases in accordance with SFAS No. 13, Accounting for Leases (SFAS 13), and other related guidance. At the inception of each lease, the Company performs an evaluation to determine whether the lease should be classified as an operating or capital lease. The Company records rent expense for leases that contain scheduled rent increases on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. The lease term used for straight-line rent expense is calculated from the date the Company is given control of the leased premises through the end of the lease term, as established in accordance with SFAS 13. The lease term used for this evaluation also provides the basis for establishing depreciable lives for buildings subject to lease and leasehold improvements, as well as the period over which the Company records straight-line rent expense.
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements — In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141(R), Business Combinations (SFAS 141(R)), which replaces SFAS 141. The provisions of SFAS 141(R) are similar to those of SFAS 141; however, SFAS 141(R) requires companies to record most identifiable assets, liabilities, noncontrolling interests, and goodwill acquired in a business combination at “full fair value.” SFAS 141(R) also requires companies to record fair value estimates of contingent consideration and certain other potential liabilities during the original purchase price allocation and to expense acquisition costs as incurred. This statement applies to all business combinations, including combinations by contract alone. Further, under SFAS 141(R), all business combinations will be accounted for by applying the acquisition method. SFAS 141(R) is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008. Accordingly, any business combinations the Company engages in will be recorded and disclosed according to SFAS 141, until January 1, 2009. The Company expects SFAS 141(R) will have an impact on its consolidated financial statements when effective, but the nature and magnitude of the specific effects will depend upon the nature, terms and size of the acquisitions that the Company consummates after the effective date.
 
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements (SFAS 160), which will require noncontrolling interests (previously referred to as minority interests) to be treated as a separate component of equity, not as a liability or other item outside of permanent equity. This Statement applies to the accounting for noncontrolling interests and transactions with non-controlling interest holders in consolidated financial statements. SFAS 160 will be applied prospectively to all noncontrolling interests, including any that arose before the effective date except that comparative period information must be recast to classify noncontrolling interests in equity, attribute net income and other comprehensive income to noncontrolling interests, and provide other disclosures required by SFAS 160. SFAS 160 is effective for periods beginning on or after December 15, 2008. The adoption of SFAS 160 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or liquidity.
 
In September 2008, the FASB finalized Staff Position (FSP) No. EITF 03-6-1, Determining Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based Payment Transactions Are Participating Securities (FSP 03-6-1). The FSP affects entities that accrue cash dividends on share-based payment awards during the awards’ service period when the dividends do not need to be returned if the employees forfeit the awards. The FASB concluded that all outstanding unvested share-based payment awards that contain rights to nonforfeitable dividends participate in undistributed earnings with common shareholders and therefore the issuing entity is required to apply the two-class method of computing basic and diluted earnings per share. The FSP is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that FSP 03-6-1 will have on its consolidated financial statements
 
Adoption of New Accounting Pronouncement — In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (SFAS 157) which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in accordance with GAAP, and requires enhanced disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS 157 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. In February 2008 the FASB issued FSP 157-2, Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157 , which delays the effective date of SFAS 157 for non-financial assets and liabilities, other than those that are recognized or disclosed at fair value on a recurring basis, to fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008. The adoption of SFAS 157 related to financial assets and liabilities


94


Table of Contents

 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
had no impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. The Company is currently evaluating the impact, if any, that SFAS 157 may have on its future consolidated financial statements related to non-financial assets and liabilities.
 
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities — Including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115 (SFAS 159). SFAS 159 permits all entities to choose, at specified election dates, to measure certain financial instruments and other items at fair value (fair value option). A business entity must report unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value option has been elected in earnings at each subsequent reporting date. Upfront costs and fees related to items for which the fair value option is elected shall be recognized in earnings as incurred and not deferred. SFAS 159 is effective as of the beginning of an entity’s first fiscal year that begins after November 15, 2007. The Company’s adoption of SFAS 159 at the beginning of fiscal 2008 had no impact on its consolidated financial position or results of operations.
 
In September 2007, the FASB ratified EITF Issue No. 06-11, Accounting for Income Tax Benefits of Dividends on Share-Based Payment Awards (EITF 06-11). This EITF prescribes that the tax benefit received on dividends associated with non-vested share-based awards that are charged to retained earnings should be recorded in additional paid-in capital and included in the pool of excess tax benefits available to absorb potential future tax deficiencies of share based payment awards. EITF 06-11 is effective for the tax benefits of dividends declared in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2007. The Company’s adoption of EITF 06-11 at the beginning of fiscal 2008 did not have a material impact on its consolidated financial position or results of operations.
 
3.   Computation of Net Income Per Common Share
 
Basic net income per share is computed by dividing net income attributable to common shares by the weighted average number of outstanding common shares for the period. The computation of diluted net income per share is similar to the computation of basic net income per share except that the denominator is increased to include contingently returnable shares and the number of additional common shares that would have been outstanding if the dilutive potential common shares had been issued. In addition, in computing the dilutive effect of convertible securities, the numerator is adjusted to add back (a) any convertible preferred dividends and (b) the after-tax amount of interest, if any, recognized in the period associated with any convertible debt.
 
A reconciliation of the numerator and denominator used in the calculation of basic net income per common share follows:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
 
Numerator:
                       
Net income
  $ 27,509     $ 20,527     $ 22,549  
                         
Preferred stock dividends
          (329 )     (356 )
                         
Net income available to common stockholders for basic net income per share
  $ 27,509     $ 20,198     $ 22,193  
                         
Denominator:
                       
Weighted average shares outstanding for basic net income per share(1)
    20,520       14,497       13,366  
                         
Basic net income per common share
  $ 1.34     $ 1.39     $ 1.66  
                         
 
 
(1) Basic share amounts are shown net of unvested shares subject to the Company’s repurchase right, which total 28, 22, and 302 shares at December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.


95


Table of Contents

 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
 
A reconciliation of the numerator and denominator used in the calculation of diluted net income per common share follows:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
 
Numerator:
                       
Net income
  $ 27,509     $ 20,527     $ 22,549  
                         
Denominator:
                       
Weighted average common shares outstanding
    20,520       14,497       13,366  
Plus: incremental shares from assumed conversions(1)
    195       2,973       3,457  
                         
Adjusted weighted average common shares outstanding
    20,715       17,470       16,823  
                         
Diluted net income per common share
  $ 1.33     $ 1.17     $ 1.34  
                         
 
 
(1) Fully diluted share amounts include unvested shares subject to the Company’s repurchase right, which total 28, 22, and 302 shares at December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. In addition, for the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company had 515 options outstanding which were anti-dilutive and therefore not factored into the weighted average common shares amount above.
 
4.   Revenue and Accounts Receivable
 
Revenue for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 is summarized in the following tables:
 
                                                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
          % of
          % of
          % of
 
    Revenue     Revenue     Revenue     Revenue     Revenue     Revenue  
 
Medicaid
  $ 196,036       41.8 %   $ 182,790       44.4 %   $ 151,264       42.2 %
Medicare
    154,852       33.0       123,170       30.0       117,511       32.8  
                                                 
Total Medicaid and Medicare
    350,888       74.8       305,960       74.4       268,775       75.0  
Managed care
    64,361       13.7       52,779       12.8       44,487       12.4  
Private and other payors
    54,123       11.5       52,579       12.8       45,312       12.6  
                                                 
Revenue
  $ 469,372       100.0 %   $ 411,318       100.0 %   $ 358,574       100.0 %
                                                 
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
 
Medicaid
  $ 20,736     $ 20,842  
Managed care
    15,321       14,821  
Medicare
    12,818       14,521  
Private and other payors
    7,579       7,885  
                 
      56,454       58,069  
Less allowance for doubtful accounts
    (7,266 )     (7,454 )
                 
Accounts receivable
  $ 49,188     $ 50,615  
                 


96


Table of Contents

 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
5.   Acquisitions
 
The Company’s acquisition policy is to purchase and lease facilities to complement the Company’s existing portfolio of long-term care facilities. The operations of all the Company’s facilities are included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements subsequent to the date of acquisition. Acquisitions are typically paid for in cash and are accounted for using the purchase method of accounting in accordance with SFAS 141. Where the Company enters into facility lease agreements, the Company typically does not pay any material amount to the prior facility operator nor does the Company acquire any assets or assume any liabilities, other than rights and obligations under the lease and operations transfer agreement, as part of the transaction. Some leases include options to purchase the facilities. As a result, from time to time, the Company will acquire facilities that the Company has been operating under third-party leases.
 
During the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company acquired two facilities pursuant to long-term lease arrangements between the Company and the real property owners of the facility. In these transactions, the Company assumed ownership of the skilled nursing operating businesses. The facilities acquired during the year ended December 31, 2008 are as follows:
 
  •  In May 2008, the Company purchased and assumed the tenant’s right to a long-term operating lease arrangement at below fair market value lease rates for approximately $2,005. This facility is a 120 licensed1, or 114 operational bed2 skilled nursing facility located in Orem, UT. The Company did not acquire any material assets or assume any liabilities other than the tenant’s post-assumption rights and obligations under the lease. The Company also entered into a separate operations transfer agreement with the prior tenant as a part of this transaction, which is common. The Company paid for the prior tenant’s lease rights in cash. No goodwill was recorded in this transaction. The Company recognized approximately $2,005 in other intangible assets.
 
  •  In December 2008, the Company entered into a capital lease and assumed the operations of a skilled nursing facility in Salt Lake City, Utah adding an additional 99 licensed1, or 85 operational beds2. No additional material consideration was paid to the prior facility operator and the Company did not purchase any assets or assume any liabilities, other than the Company’s rights and obligations under the lease and operations transfer agreement, as part of this transaction.
 
Typically, the purchase price for business acquisitions is allocated to real property, equipment, intangible assets and goodwill based on the following valuation techniques:
 
  •  The fair value of land, buildings and improvements and equipment, furniture and fixtures (or tangible assets) was determined utilizing a cost approach. In the cost approach, the subject property is valued based upon the fair value of the land, as if vacant, by comparing recent sales or asking prices for similar land, to which the depreciated replacement cost of the building and improvements and equipment is added. The replacement cost of the building and improvements and equipment is adjusted for accrued depreciation resulting from physical deterioration, functional obsolescence and external or economic obsolescence.
 
 
1 All bed counts are licensed beds and may not reflect the number of beds actually available for patient use.
2 The number of licensed and independent living beds in a skilled nursing, assisted living or independent living facility that are actually operational and available for occupancy may be less than the total official licensed bed capacity. This sometimes occurs due to the permanent dedication of bed space to alternative purposes, such as enhanced therapy treatment space or other desirable uses calculated to improve service offerings and/or operational efficiencies in a facility. In some cases, three- and four-bed wards have been reduced to two-bed rooms for resident comfort. These beds are seldom expected to be placed back into service. In addition, the Company occasionally acquires facilities with “banked” beds, for which valuable licensing rights have been retained, but have been voluntarily suspended under state regulations until the beds can be economically placed into service again.


97


Table of Contents

 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
 
  •  The customer base was valued under an income capitalization approach using an excess earnings method. Excess earnings are the earnings remaining after deducting the market rates of return on the estimated values of contributory assets including debt-free net working capital, tangible and intangible assets. The excess earnings are thereby calculated and discounted to a present value. The primary components of this method consist of the determination of excess earnings and an appropriate rate of return. To arrive at the excess earnings attributable to an intangible asset, earnings after taxes derived from that asset are projected. Thereafter, the returns on contributory debt-free net working capital, tangible and intangible assets are deducted from the earnings projections. After deducting returns on these contributory assets, the remaining earnings are attributable to the customer base. These remaining, or excess, earnings are then discounted to a present value utilizing an appropriate discount rate for the asset.
 
  •  Goodwill is calculated as the value that remains after subtracting the net asset value and the value of identifiable tangible and intangible assets and liabilities for the respective business combination.
 
The table below presents the allocation of the purchase price for the facilities acquired in business combinations during the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
 
Land
  $     $ 2,391  
Building and improvements
          5,675  
Equipment, furniture, and fixtures
          543  
Goodwill
          810  
Other intangible assets
    2,005       33  
                 
    $ 2,005     $ 9,452  
                 
 
The Company’s acquisition strategy has been focused on identifying both opportunistic and strategic acquisitions within its target markets that offer strong opportunities for return on invested capital. The facilities acquired by the Company are frequently underperforming financially and can have regulatory and clinical challenges to overcome. Financial information, especially with underperforming facilities, is often inadequate, inaccurate or unavailable. Consequently, the Company believes that prior operating results are not meaningful and may be misleading as the information is not representative of the Company’s current operating results or indicative of the integration potential of its newly acquired facilities.
 
The two businesses acquired during the year ended December 31, 2008 were not material acquisitions to the Company. These acquisitions have been included in the December 31, 2008 consolidated balance sheet of the Company and the operating results have been included in the consolidated statement of income of the Company since May 1, 2008 and December 1, 2008, respectively, the dates the Company gained effective control. Additionally, during the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company purchased the underlying assets of six facilities that were previously leased by the Company from the landlord and the respective leases were terminated. The aggregate purchase price of these facilities was $18,518, which was paid entirely in cash. The cash outflow related to these purchases is included in the cash paid for asset acquisitions under cash flows from investing activities in the consolidated statements of cash flows. Therefore, the assets acquired have been included in the December 31, 2008 consolidated balance sheet and the operating results have been included in the consolidated statement of income since the inception of the lease. Accordingly, pro forma financial information is not presented.
 
In addition, see further discussion of the capital lease at Note 11.


98


Table of Contents

 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
6.   Property and Equipment
 
Property and equipment are initially recorded at their original historical cost. Repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the depreciable assets (ranging from 3 to 30 years). Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of their estimated useful lives or the remaining lease term.
 
Property and equipment consists of the following:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
 
Land
  $ 30,440     $ 26,107  
Buildings and improvements
    103,278       76,262  
Equipment
    22,790       17,801  
Furniture and fixtures
    8,198       6,414  
Leasehold improvements
    13,276       10,771  
Construction in progress
    3,922       4,050  
                 
      181,904       141,405  
Less accumulated depreciation
    (24,875 )     (16,544 )
                 
Property and equipment, net
  $ 157,029     $ 124,861  
                 
 
7.   Intangible Assets, Net
 
                                                         
    December 31,  
    Weighted
    2008     2007  
    Average
    Gross
                Gross
             
    Life
    Carrying
    Accumulated
          Carrying
    Accumulated
       
Intangible Assets
  (Years)     Amount     Amortization     Net     Amount     Amortization     Net  
 
Debt issuance costs
    9.3     $ 2,267     $ (904 )   $ 1,363     $ 1,808     $ (687 )   $ 1,121  
Lease acquisition costs
    15.5       1,071       (629 )     442       1,071       (541 )     530  
Favorable lease
    20.0       1,976       (67 )     1,909                    
Customer base
    0.3       242       (242 )           213       (213 )      
Tradename
    30.0       733       (73 )     660       733       (49 )     684  
                                                         
Total
          $ 6,289     $ (1,915 )   $ 4,374     $ 3,825     $ (1,490 )   $ 2,335  
                                                         
 
The Company paid $460 in debt issuance costs in connection with the Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement (the Revolver) to increase available borrowings. See additional discussion at Note 12. Amortization expense was $425, $429 and $470 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Estimated amortization expense for each of the years ending December 31 is as follows:
 
         
Year
  Amount  
 
2009
  $ 390  
2010
    385  
2011
    385  
2012
    385  
2013
    308  
Thereafter
    2,521  
         
    $ 4,374  
         


99


Table of Contents

 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Goodwill
 
Pursuant to SFAS 142, the Company performed its annual goodwill impairment analysis during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2008 for each reporting unit that constitutes a business for which discrete financial information is produced and reviewed by operating segment management and provides services that are distinct from the other components of the operating segment. The Company tests for impairment by comparing the net assets of each reporting unit to their respective fair values. The Company determines the estimated fair value of each reporting unit using a discounted cash flow analysis. In the event a unit’s net assets exceed its fair value, an implied fair value of goodwill must be determined by assigning the unit’s fair value to each asset and liability of the unit. The excess of the fair value of the reporting unit over the amounts assigned to its assets and liabilities is the implied fair value of goodwill. An impairment loss is measured by the difference between the goodwill carrying value and the implied fair value. The Company recorded no goodwill impairment for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006.
 
8.   Restricted Assets
 
Restricted and other assets consist primarily of capital reserves and deposits. Capital reserves are maintained as part of the mortgage agreements of the Company and certain of its landlords with the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development. These capital reserves are restricted for capital improvements and repairs to the related facilities.
 
Restricted and other assets consist of the following:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
 
Deposits with landlords
  $ 903     $ 1,001  
Capital improvement reserves with landlords and lenders
    2,865       2,244  
Other
          28  
                 
    $ 3,768     $ 3,273  
                 
 
9.   Other Accrued Liabilities
 
Other accrued liabilities consist of the following:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
 
Quality assurance fee
  $ 1,422     $ 1,853  
Resident refunds payable
    1,533       1,767  
Deferred resident revenue
    1,475       1,745  
Cash held in trust for residents
    1,082       1,152  
Dividends payable
    925       819  
Income taxes payable
    1,096        
Property taxes
    962       838  
Other
    2,555       2,963  
                 
Other accrued liabilities
  $ 11,050     $ 11,137  
                 
 
Quality assurance fee represents amounts payable to the State of California in respect of a mandated fee based on resident days. Resident refunds payable includes amounts due to residents for overpayments and duplicate payments. Deferred resident revenue occurs when the Company receives payments in advance of services provided. Cash held in trust for residents reflects monies received from, or on behalf of, residents. Maintaining a trust account for residents is a regulatory requirement and, while the trust assets offset the liability, the Company assumes a


100


Table of Contents

 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
fiduciary responsibility for these funds. The cash balance related to this liability is included in other current assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
 
10.   Income Taxes
 
The provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 is summarized as follows:
 
                         
    December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
 
Current:
                       
Federal
  $ 14,901     $ 10,212     $ 15,960  
State
    3,117       1,694       2,592  
                         
      18,018       11,906       18,552  
                         
Deferred:
                       
Federal
    87       840       (3,565 )
State
    (103 )     159       (862 )
                         
      (16 )     999       (4,427 )
                         
Benefit for FIN 48 uncertainties
    (86 )     (88 )      
Interest income, gross of related tax effects
    (418 )     (123 )      
Interest expense, gross of related tax effects
    131       150        
Tax benefits credited to paid-in capital
    107       61        
                         
Total
  $ 17,736     $ 12,905     $ 14,125  
                         
 
A reconciliation of the federal statutory rate to the effective tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, is comprised as follows:
 
                         
    December 31,
    2008   2007   2006
 
Income tax expense at statutory rate
    35.0 %     35.0 %     35.0 %
State income taxes — net of federal benefit
    4.4       3.6       3.1  
Non-deductible expenses
    0.4       0.4       0.1  
FIN 48 uncertainties
    (0.2 )     (0.3 )      
Net interest expense
    (0.4 )     0.1        
Other adjustments
    0.0       (0.2 )     0.3  
                         
Total income tax provision
    39.2 %     38.6 %     38.5 %
                         


101


Table of Contents

 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 are summarized as follows:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
 
Deferred tax assets (liabilities):
               
Accrued expenses
  $ 10,503     $ 9,243  
Allowance for doubtful accounts
    3,059       3,161  
State taxes
    314        
Tax credits
    1,132       1,103  
                 
Total deferred tax assets
    15,008       13,507  
State taxes
          (199 )
Depreciation and amortization
    (2,106 )     (563 )
Prepaid expenses
    (1,095 )     (1,018 )
                 
Total deferred tax liabilities
    (3,201 )     (1,780 )
                 
Net deferred tax assets
  $ 11,807     $ 11,727  
                 
 
The Company had state credit carryforwards as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 of $1,132 and $1,103, respectively. These carryforwards primarily related to state limitations on the application of Enterprise Zone employment-related tax credits. These Enterprise Zone credits are expected to carryforward indefinitely and may be used to offset future state income tax. The remainder of these carryforwards relate to credits against the Texas margin tax and is expected to carryforward until 2027.
 
The Company adopted FIN 48 effective January 1, 2007 and, as of the date of adoption, had a net amount of unrecognized tax detriments of $36, exclusive of accrued interest. This total consisted of $234 of unrecognized tax benefits for permanent differences (as defined by SFAS 109) and other items, net of $270 of unrecognized tax detriments from temporary differences (as defined by SFAS 109), which resulted in additional deferred tax liability. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2008 and 2007 is as follows:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
 
Unrecognized tax benefit (detriment) at January 1,
  $ 120     $ (36 )
Gross increases for tax positions taken in prior years
          137  
Gross decreases for tax positions taken in prior years
    (123 )     (145 )
Gross increases for tax positions taken in the current year
    3       17  
Settlement with taxing authorities
          185  
Reductions due to statute lapse
    (19 )     (38 )
                 
Unrecognized tax (detriment) benefit at December 31,
  $ (19 )   $ 120  
                 
 
As of January 1, 2007, the Company recorded $340 as an adjustment, net of the associated tax impact on interest amounts, to opening retained earnings as a result of the adoption of FIN 48. Of this total, $188 related to unrecognized tax benefits and $152 related to accrued interest.
 
As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the amount of unrecognized tax benefits or detriments, net of their state tax benefits that would affect the Company’s effective tax rate were a net unrecognized detriment of $42 and a net unrecognized benefit of $44, respectively.


102


Table of Contents

 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
During 2007, the Company closed examinations by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) for the 2004 and 2005 income tax years and by a major state tax jurisdiction for the 2003, 2004 and 2005 income tax years. The Company settled with both the IRS and the major state tax jurisdiction on all outstanding requests for a net refund of tax. Because the Company contemplated certain of the favorable examination adjustments in its unrecognized tax detriment as of January 1, 2007, the settlement of these items resulted in the recognition of the tax detriments and an increase to the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2007.
 
The Federal statutes of limitations on the Company’s 2003 and 2004 income tax years lapsed during the third quarter of 2007 and 2008, respectively. During the fourth quarter of each year, various state statutes of limitations also lapsed. The net decreases in unrecognized tax benefits as a result of these lapses for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 were $19 and $38, respectively. In 2009, the statute of limitations will lapse on the Company’s 2004 and 2005 income tax years for state and Federal purposes, respectively; however, the Company does not believe this lapse will significantly impact unrecognized tax benefits for any uncertain tax positions. The Company is not aware of any other event that might significantly impact the balance of unrecognized tax benefits in the next twelve months.
 
The Company has historically classified interest and/or penalties on income tax liabilities or refunds as additional income tax expense or income and will continue to do so with the adoption of FIN 48. As of the adoption date of FIN 48, the Company recorded total accrued interest and penalties, gross of related tax benefit, of $253. For 2008, the Company reported $418 of interest income and $132 of interest expense, gross of related tax benefits, in the statement of income. For 2007, the Company reported $123 of interest income and $150 of interest expense, gross of related tax benefits. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the net amounts of accrued interest and penalties in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet were $55 and $298, respectively.
 
11.   Leases
 
The Company leases certain facilities and its administrative offices under non-cancelable operating leases and one capital lease, most of which have initial lease terms ranging from five to 20 years. The Company also leases certain of its equipment under non-cancelable operating leases with initial terms ranging from three to five years. Most of these leases contain renewal options, certain of which involve rent increases. Total rent expense, inclusive of straight-line rent adjustments, was $15,368, $16,972 and $16,701 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
 
Property under capital lease arrangements consisted of the following as of December 31, 2008 and 2007:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
 
Building
  $ 2,835     $  
Equipment
    165        
                 
Less: Accumulated amortization
    (15 )      
                 
Total
  $ 2,985     $  
                 


103


Table of Contents

 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Minimum lease payments for all leases as of December 31, 2008 are as follows:
 
                 
Year
  Capital     Operating  
 
2009
  $ 248     $ 15,355  
2010
    336       14,210  
2011
    336       13,885  
2012
    336       13,572  
2013
    336       12,985  
Thereafter
    3,332       55,912  
                 
Total minimum lease payments
    4,924     $ 125,919  
                 
Less amount representing interest(1)
    (1,926 )        
                 
Present value of minimum lease payments (interest rate of 7%)
    2,998          
Less current portion
    (36 )        
                 
Capital lease obligations, excluding current portion
  $ 2,962          
                 
 
 
(1) Amount necessary to reduce net minimum lease payments to present value calculated at the Company’s incremental borrowing rate at the inception of the lease.
 
Six of the Company’s facilities are operated under master lease arrangements and a breach at a single facility could subject multiple facilities covered by the same master lease to the same default risk. Under a master lease, the Company may lease a large number of geographically dispersed properties through an indivisible lease. Failure to comply with Medicare and Medicaid provider requirements is a default under several of the Company’s master lease agreements and debt financing instruments. In addition, other potential defaults related to an individual facility may cause a default of an entire master lease portfolio and could trigger cross-default provisions in the Company’s outstanding debt arrangements and other leases. With an indivisible lease, it is difficult to restructure the composition of the portfolio or economic terms of the lease without the consent of the landlord. In addition, a number of the Company’s individual facility leases are held by the same or related landlords, and some of these leases include cross-default provisions that could cause a default at one facility to trigger a technical default with respect to others, potentially subjecting certain leases and facilities to the various remedies available to the landlords under separate but cross-defaulted leases. The Company is not aware of any defaults as of December 31, 2008.
 
12.   Debt
 
The Company has a Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement (the Revolver) with General Electric Capital Corporation (the Lender) under which the Company may borrow up to the lesser of $50,000 or 85% of the eligible accounts receivable. The Company may elect from time to time to change the interest rate for all or any portion of the outstanding indebtedness thereunder to any of three options: (i) the one, two, three or six month LIBOR (at the Company’s option) plus 2.5%, or (ii) the greater of (a) prime plus 1.0% or (b) the federal funds rate plus 1.5% or (iii) a floating LIBOR rate plus 2.5%. The Revolver will expire on February 21, 2013. The Revolver contains typical representations and financial and non-financial covenants for a loan of this type, a violation of which could result in a default under the Revolver and could possibly cause the entire amount outstanding, under the Revolver and all amounts owed by the Company, including amounts due under the Third Amended and Restated Loan Agreement (the Term Loan), to be declared immediately due and payable. The Company was in compliance with all covenants as of December 31, 2008. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, there were no outstanding borrowings under the Revolver. During the year ended December 31, 2008, the amount of borrowing capacity pledged to secure outstanding letters of credit was reduced from $8,449 to $2,133. In addition, the Revolver includes provisions that allow the Lender to establish reserves against collateral for actual and contingent liabilities, a right which the Lender exercised with the Company’s cooperation in December 2008. This reserve restricts $6.0 million of the


104


Table of Contents

 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Company’s borrowing capacity, and may be reduced or eliminated based upon developments with respect to the ongoing U.S. Attorney investigation.
 
Long-term debt consists of the following:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
 
Term Loan with the Lender, multiple-advance term loan, principal and interest payable monthly; interest is fixed at time of draw at 10-year treasury note rate plus 2.25% (rates in effect at December 31, 2008 range from 6.95% to 7.50%), balance due June 2016, collateralized by deeds of trust on real property, assignments of rents, security agreements and fixture financing statements
  $ 54,102     $ 54,929  
Mortgage note, principal, and interest of $54 payable monthly and continuing through February 2027, interest at fixed rate of 7.5%, collateralized by deed of trust on real property, assignment of rents and security agreement
    6,449       6,612  
Mortgage note, principal, and interest of $18 payable monthly and continuing through September 2008, interest at fixed rate of 7.49%, collateralized by a deed of trust and security agreement and an assignment of rents
          2,029  
                 
      60,551       63,570  
Less current maturities
    (1,062 )     (2,993 )
                 
    $ 59,489     $ 60,577  
                 
 
Under the Term Loan, the Company is subject to standard reporting requirements and other typical covenants for a loan of this type. On a quarterly basis, the Company is subject to restrictive financial covenants, including average occupancy, Debt Service (as defined in the agreement) and Project Yield (as defined in the agreement). As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company was in compliance with such loan covenants.
 
Long-term debt matures in fiscal years ending after December 31, 2008 as follows:
 
         
Years Ending
     
December 31,
  Amount  
 
2009
  $ 1,062  
2010
    1,158  
2011
    1,246  
2012
    1,330  
2013
    1,442  
Thereafter
    54,313  
         
    $ 60,551  
         
 
13.   Dividends
 
The Company’s policy is to pay declared dividends in the month following the month of declaration. The Company does not have a formal policy with respect to if or when to declare dividends or the amounts of dividends, but it currently intends to continue to pay regular quarterly dividends to the holders of its common stock. The payment of dividends is subject to the discretion of the board of directors and will depend on many factors, including results of operations, financial condition and capital requirements, earnings, general business conditions, legal restrictions on the payment of dividends and other factors the board of directors deems relevant. The Revolver restricts the Company’s ability to pay dividends to shareholders if it receives notice that it is in default under this


105


Table of Contents

 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
agreement. At December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, declared but unpaid preferred and common stock dividends totaled approximately $925, $819 and $657, respectively, which were included in other accrued liabilities.
 
Dividends declared for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, were as follows:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
 
Preferred stock
  $     $ 329     $ 356  
Common stock
    3,391       2,463       1,776  
                         
    $ 3,391     $ 2,792     $ 2,132  
                         
 
14.   Options and Warrants
 
Stock-based compensation expense recognized under SFAS 123(R) consists of share-based payment awards made to employees and directors including employee stock options based on estimated fair values. Stock-based compensation expense recognized in the Company’s consolidated statements of income for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 does not include compensation expense for share-based payment awards granted prior to, but not yet vested as of January 1, 2006, in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123 but does include compensation expense for the share-based payment awards granted on or subsequent to January 1, 2006 based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the adoption provisions of SFAS 123(R). As stock-based compensation expense recognized in the Company’s consolidated statements of income for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was based on awards ultimately expected to vest, it has been reduced for estimated forfeitures. SFAS 123(R) requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.
 
The Company has three option plans, the 2001 Stock Option, Deferred Stock and Restricted Stock Plan (2001 Plan), the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (2005 Plan) and the 2007 Omnibus Incentive Plan (2007 Plan) all of which have been approved by the stockholders. In the 2001 Plan and the 2005 Plan, options may be exercised for unvested shares of common stock, which have full stockholder rights including voting, dividend and liquidation rights. The Company retains the right to repurchase any or all unvested shares at the exercise price paid per share of any or all unvested shares should the optionee cease to remain in service while holding such unvested shares. The total number of shares available under all of the Company’s stock incentive plans was 1,005 as of December 31, 2008.
 
2001 Stock Option, Deferred Stock and Restricted Stock Plan — The 2001 Plan authorizes the sale of up to 1,980 shares of common stock to officers, employees, directors, and consultants of the Company. Granted non-employee director options vest and become exercisable immediately. Generally, all other granted options and restricted stock vest over five years at 20% per year on the anniversary of the grant date. Options expire ten years from the date of grant. The exercise price of the stock is determined by the board of directors, but shall not be less than 100% of the fair value on the date of grant. Shares issued upon early exercise of options granted prior to 2006 vested in full upon the consummation of the Company’s IPO. At December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, there were 279, 247 and 257, respectively, unissued shares of common stock available for issuance under this plan, including shares that have been forfeited and are available for reissue.
 
2005 Stock Incentive Plan — The 2005 Plan authorizes the sale of up to 1,000 shares of treasury stock of which only 800 shares were repurchased and therefore eligible for reissuance as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, to officers, employees, directors and consultants of the Company. Options granted to non-employee directors vest and become exercisable immediately. All other granted options vest over five years at 20% per year on the anniversary of the grant date. Options expire ten years from the date of grant. At December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, there were 117, 112 and 6, respectively, unissued shares of common stock available for issuance under this plan, including shares that have been forfeited and are available for reissue.


106


Table of Contents

 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
2007 Omnibus Incentive Plan — The 2007 Plan authorizes the sale of up to 1,000 shares of common stock to officers, employees, directors and consultants of the Company. In addition, the number of shares of common stock reserved under the 2007 Plan will automatically increase on the first day of each fiscal year, beginning on January 1, 2008, in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) 1,000 shares of common stock, or (ii) 2% of the number of shares outstanding as of the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year, or (iii) such lesser number as determined by the Company’s board of directors. Granted non-employee director options vest and become exercisable in three equal annual installments, or the length of the term if less than three years, on the completion of each year of service measured from the grant date. All other granted options vest over five years at 20% per year on the anniversary of the grant date. Options expire ten years from the date of grant. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, there were 609 and 1,000 unissued shares of common stock available for issuance under this plan.
 
The Company uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to recognize the value of stock-based compensation expense for all share-based payment awards. Determining the appropriate fair-value model and calculating the fair value of stock-based awards at the grant date requires considerable judgment, including estimating stock price volatility, expected option life and forfeiture rates. The Company develops estimates based on historical data and market information, which can change significantly over time. The Black-Scholes model required the Company to make several key judgments including:
 
  •  The expected option term reflects the application of the simplified method set out in SAB No. 107 Share-Based Payment (SAB 107), which was issued in March 2005. In December 2007, the SEC released Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 110 (SAB 110), which extends the use of the “simplified” method, under certain circumstances, in developing an estimate of expected term of “plain vanilla” share options. Accordingly, the Company has utilized the average of the contractual term of the options and the weighted average vesting period for all options to calculate the expected option term.
 
  •  Estimated volatility also reflects the application of SAB 107 interpretive guidance and, accordingly, incorporates historical volatility of similar public entities until sufficient information regarding the volatility of the Company’s share price becomes available.
 
  •  The dividend yield is based on the Company’s historical pattern of dividends as well as expected dividend patterns.
 
  •  The risk-free rate is based on the implied yield of U.S. Treasury notes as of the grant date with a remaining term approximately equal to the expected term.
 
  •  Estimated forfeiture rate of approximately 8% per year is based on the Company’s historical forfeiture activity of unvested stock options.
 
No stock options were granted during the year ended December 31, 2007.
 
The Company used the following assumptions for stock options granted during the year ended December 31, 2008:
 
                                                 
            Weighted
          Weighted
            Average
      Weighted
  Average
        Options
  Risk-Free
  Expected
  Average
  Dividend
Plan
  Grant Date   Granted   Rate   Life   Volatility   Yield
 
2007
    1/22/2008       375       2.90       6.5       45 %     1.45 %
2007
    4/14/2008       43       2.88       6.5       50 %     1.45 %
2007
    6/6/2008       94       3.42       6.5       50 %     1.45 %
2007
    7/31/2008       134       3.47       6.5       50 %     1.45 %
2007
    10/29/2008       190       3.12       6.5       50 %     1.45 %
                                                 
Total
            836                                  
                                                 


107


Table of Contents

 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
For the year ended December 31, 2008, the following represent the Company’s weighted average exercise price, grant date intrinsic value and fair value displayed by grant date:
 
                                                 
                Weighted
  Weighted
  Weighted
            Weighted
  Average
  Average
  Average Fair
            Average
  Grant Date
  Fair
  Value of
        Options
  Exercise
  Intrinsic
  Value of
  Common
Plan
  Grant Date   Granted   Price   Value   Options   Stock
 
2007
    1/22/2008       375     $ 11.03       0.00     $ 4.62     $ 11.03  
2007
    4/14/2008       43       9.38       0.00       4.27       9.38  
2007
    6/6/2008       94       11.25       0.00       5.22       11.25  
2007
    7/31/2008       134       12.00       0.00       5.57       12.00  
2007
    10/29/2008       190       14.87       0.00       6.83       14.87  
                                                 
Total
            836                                  
                                                 
 
The following table represents the employee stock option activity during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006:
 
                                 
        Weighted
  Number of
  Weighted
    Number of
  Average
  Shares Vested
  Average
    Shares
  Exercise
  and
  Exercise
    Outstanding   Price   Exercisable   Price
 
December 31, 2005
    788     $ 3.94       132     $ 2.21  
Granted
    686     $ 7.48                  
Forfeitures
    (46 )   $ 2.41                  
Exercised
    (184 )   $ 2.48                  
                                 
December 31, 2006
    1,244     $ 6.17       148     $ 3.82  
                                 
Granted
                           
Forfeitures
    (173 )   $ 6.03                  
Exercised
    (48 )   $ 6.04                  
                                 
December 31, 2007
    1,023     $ 6.19       316     $ 5.25  
                                 
Granted
    836     $ 12.00                  
Forfeitures
    (72 )   $ 8.21                  
Exercised
    (84 )   $ 5.21                  
                                 
December 31, 2008
    1,703     $ 9.01       451     $ 5.74  
                                 


108


Table of Contents

 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The following summary information reflects stock options outstanding, vesting and related details as of December 31, 2008:
 
                                         
    Stock Options Outstanding   Stock Options
                Remaining
  Vested
        Number
  Black-Scholes
  Contractual
  Number Vested
Year of Grant
  Exercise Price   Outstanding   Fair Value   Life (Years)   and Exercisable
 
2003
  $ 0.67-0.81       43       33       5       43  
2004
    1.96-2.46       56       129       6       44  
2005
    4.99-5.75       262       1,486       7       150  
2006
    7.05-7.50       541       5,169       8       214  
2008
    9.38-14.87       801       4,281       9        
                                         
Total
            1,703       11,098               451  
                                         
 
The Company recognized $1,682, $1,468 and $443, respectively, in compensation expense during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006. The Company expects to recognize $666, $567 and $169, respectively, in tax benefits when the options vest and are exercised. As of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, the total fair value of shares vested was approximately $1,523, $1,892 and $567, respectively. The Company will never recognize the Black-Scholes fair value for awards granted prior to January 1, 2006 unless such awards are modified as the Company adopted SFAS 123(R) utilizing the prospective method. In future periods, the Company expects to recognize approximately $6,712 in stock-based compensation expense over the next 2.8 weighted average years for unvested options that were outstanding as of December 31, 2008.
 
There were 1,252 unvested and outstanding options at December 31, 2008, of which 1,069 are expected to vest. The weighted average contractual life for options vested at December 31, 2008 was 6.9 years. The weighted average contractual life for options outstanding at December 31, 2008 was 8.2 years. In addition, the Company has 28 unvested exercised shares with a weighted average contractual life of 7.9 years.
 
The aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding, expected to vest, vested and exercised as of December 31, 2008 was approximately $13,778, $7,513, $2,353, and $996, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding, expected to vest, vested and exercised as of December 31, 2007 was approximately $8,392, $4,509, $2,890 and $404, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding, expected to vest, vested and exercised as of December 31, 2006 was approximately $13,659, $9,107, $1,978, and $2,691, respectively. The intrinsic value is calculated as the difference between the market value and the exercise price of the options.
 
15.   Commitments and Contingencies
 
Regulatory Matters — Laws and regulations governing Medicare and Medicaid programs are complex and subject to interpretation. Compliance with such laws and regulations can be subject to future governmental review and interpretation, as well as significant regulatory action including fines, penalties, and exclusion from certain governmental programs. The Company believes that it is in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations.
 
A significant portion of the Company’s revenue is derived from Medicaid and Medicare, for which reimbursement rates are subject to regulatory changes and government funding restrictions. Although the Company is not aware of any significant future rate changes, significant changes to the reimbursement rates could have a material effect on the Company’s operations.
 
Cost-Containment Measures — Both government and private pay sources have instituted cost-containment measures designed to limit payments made to providers of healthcare services, and there can be no assurance that future measures designed to limit payments made to providers will not adversely affect the Company.


109


Table of Contents

 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Indemnities — From time to time, the Company enters into certain types of contracts that contingently require the Company to indemnify parties against third-party claims. These contracts primarily include (i) certain real estate leases, under which the Company may be required to indemnify property owners or prior facility operators for post-transfer environmental or other liabilities and other claims arising from the Company’s use of the applicable premises, (ii) operations transfer agreements, in which the Company agrees to indemnify past operators of facilities the Company acquires against certain liabilities arising from the transfer of the operation and/or the operation thereof after the transfer, (iii) certain lending agreements, under which the Company may be required to indemnify the lender against various claims and liabilities, (iv) agreements with certain lenders under which the Company may be required to indemnify such lenders against various claims and liabilities, and (v) certain agreements with the Company’s officers, directors and employees, under which the Company may be required to indemnify such persons for liabilities arising out of their employment relationships. The terms of such obligations vary by contract and, in most instances, a specific or maximum dollar amount is not explicitly stated therein. Generally, amounts under these contracts cannot be reasonably estimated until a specific claim is asserted. Consequently, because no claims have been asserted, no liabilities have been recorded for these obligations on the Company’s balance sheets for any of the periods presented.
 
Litigation — The skilled nursing business involves a significant risk of liability given the age and health of the Company’s patients and residents and the services the Company provides. The Company and others in the industry are subject to an increasing number of claims and lawsuits, including professional liability claims, alleging that services have resulted in personal injury, elder abuse, wrongful death or other related claims. The defense of these lawsuits may result in significant legal costs, regardless of the outcome, and can result in large settlement amounts or damage awards.
 
In addition to the lawsuits and claims described above, the Company is also subject to potential lawsuits under the Federal False Claims Act and comparable state laws alleging submission of fraudulent claims for services to any healthcare program (such as Medicare) or payor. A violation may provide the basis for exclusion from federally-funded healthcare programs. Such exclusions could have a correlative negative impact on the Company’s financial performance. Some states, including California, Arizona and Texas, have enacted similar whistleblower and false claims laws and regulations. In addition, the Deficit Reduction Act of 2005 created incentives for states to enact anti-fraud legislation modeled on the Federal False Claims Act. As such, the Company could face increased scrutiny, potential liability and legal expenses and costs based on claims under state false claims acts in markets in which it does business.
 
On September 5, 2006, a complaint was filed against the Company in the Superior Court of the State of California for the County of Los Angeles, purportedly on behalf of the United States, claiming that the Company violated the Medicare Secondary Payer Act. In the complaint, the plaintiff alleged that the Company has inappropriately received and retained reimbursement from Medicare for treatment given to certain unidentified patients and residents of its facilities whose injuries were caused by the Company as a result of unidentified and unadjudicated incidents of medical malpractice. The plaintiff in this action is seeking damages of twice the amount that the Company was allegedly obligated to pay or reimburse to Medicare in connection with the treatment in question under the Medicare Secondary Payer Act, plus interest, together with plaintiff’s costs and fees, including attorneys’ fees. The plaintiff’s case was dismissed in the Company’s favor by the trial court, and the dismissal was appealed. During the year ended December 31, 2008, the plaintiff’s appeal was denied and the case was closed. The Company had not previously recorded an accrual for this matter.
 
The Company has been, and continues to be, subject to claims and legal actions that arise in the ordinary course of business including potential claims related to care and treatment provided at its facilities, as well as employment related claims. The Company does not believe that the ultimate resolution of these actions will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial business, financial condition or, results of operations. A significant increase in the number of these claims or an increase in amounts owing under successful claims could materially adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.


110


Table of Contents

 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Medicare Revenue Recoupments — The Company is subject to reviews relating to Medicare services, billings and potential overpayments. One facility was subject to probe review during the year ended December 31, 2008, which was subsequently concluded with a Medicare revenue recoupment, net of appeal recoveries, to the federal government and related resident copayments of approximately $4, which was paid during the second quarter of 2008. The Company anticipates that these probe reviews will increase in frequency in the future. In addition, two of the Company’s facilities are currently on prepayment review, and others may be placed on prepayment review in the future. If a facility fails prepayment review, the facility could then be subject to undergo targeted review, which is a review that targets perceived claims deficiencies. The Company has no facilities that are currently undergoing targeted review.
 
Other Matters — In March 2007, the Company and certain of its officers received a series of notices from our bank indicating that the United States Attorney for the Central District of California had issued an authorized investigative demand, a request for records similar to a subpoena, to our bank. The U.S. Attorney subsequently rescinded that demand. The rescinded demand requested documents from the Company’s bank related to financial transactions involving the Company, ten of its operating subsidiaries, an outside investor group, and certain of the Company’s current and former officers. Subsequently, in June of 2007, the U.S. Attorney sent a letter to one of the Company’s current employees requesting a meeting. The letter indicated that the U.S. Attorney and the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services Office of Inspector General were conducting an investigation of claims submitted to the Medicare program for rehabilitation services provided at unspecified facilities. Although both the Company and the employee offered to cooperate, the U.S. Attorney later withdrew its meeting request.
 
On December 17, 2007, the Company was informed by Deloitte & Touche LLP, its independent registered public accounting firm that the U.S. Attorney served a grand jury subpoena on Deloitte & Touche LLP, relating to The Ensign Group, Inc., and several of its operating subsidiaries. The subpoena confirmed the Company’s previously reported belief that the U.S. Attorney was conducting an investigation involving facilities operated by certain of the Company’s operating subsidiaries. All together, the March 2007 authorized investigative demand and the December 2007 subpoena specifically covered information from a total of 18 of the Company’s 63 facilities. In February 2008, the U.S. Attorney contacted two additional current employees. Both the Company and the employees contacted have offered to cooperate and meet with the U.S. Attorney, however, to date, the U.S. Attorney has declined these offers. Based on these events, the Company believes that the U.S. Attorney may be conducting parallel criminal, civil and administrative investigations involving The Ensign Group and one or more of its skilled nursing facilities.
 
Pursuant to these investigations, on December 17, 2008, representatives from the U.S. Department of Justice (DOJ) served search warrants on the Company’s Service Center and six of its Southern California skilled nursing facilities. Following the execution of the warrants on the six facilities, a subpoena was issued covering eight additional facilities. The Company and its regulatory counsel are actively working with the U.S. Attorney’s office to determine what additional documents will be assistive to their inquiry, and to help target the scope of the production, pursuant to the subpoena, of those documents.
 
The Company is cooperating with the U.S. Attorney’s office and intends to continue working with them to the extent they will allow the Company to help move their inquiry forward. To the Company’s knowledge, however, neither The Ensign Group, Inc. nor any of its operating subsidiaries or employees has been formally charged with any wrongdoing. The Company cannot predict or provide any assurance as to the possible outcome of the investigation or any possible related proceedings, or as to the possible outcome of any qui tam litigation that may follow, nor can the Company estimate the possible loss or range of loss that may result from any such proceedings and, therefore, the Company has not recorded any related accruals. To the extent the U.S. Attorney’s office elects to pursue this matter, or if the investigation has been instigated by a qui tam relator who elects to pursue the matter, and the Company is subjected to or alleged to be liable for claims or obligations under federal Medicare statutes, the federal False Claims Act, or similar state and federal statutes and related regulations, the Company’s business,


111


Table of Contents

 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected and our stock price could decline.
 
The Company initiated an internal investigation in November 2006 when it became aware of an allegation of possible reimbursement irregularities at one or more of the Company’s facilities. This investigation focused on 12 facilities, and included all six of the facilities which were covered by the warrants served in December 2008. The Company retained outside counsel to assist in looking into these matters. The Company and its outside counsel concluded this investigation in February 2008 without identifying any systemic or patterns and practices of fraudulent or intentional misconduct. The Company made observations at certain facilities regarding areas of potential improvement in some of its recordkeeping and billing practices and has implemented measures, some of which were already underway before the investigation began, that the Company believes will strengthen its recordkeeping and billing processes. None of these additional findings or observations appears to be rooted in fraudulent or intentional misconduct. The Company continues to evaluate the measures it has implemented for effectiveness, and is continuing to seek ways to improve these processes.
 
As a byproduct of its investigation the Company identified a limited number of selected Medicare claims for which adequate backup documentation could not be located or for which other billing deficiencies existed. The Company, with the assistance of independent consultants experienced in Medicare billing, completed a billing review on these claims. To the extent missing documentation was not located, the Company treated the claims as overpayments. Consistent with healthcare industry accounting practices, the Company records any charge for refunded payments against revenue in the period in which the claim adjustment becomes known. During the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company accrued a liability of approximately $224, plus interest, for selected Medicare claims for which documentation has not been located or for other billing deficiencies identified to date. These claims have been submitted for settlement with the Medicare Fiscal Intermediary. If additional reviews result in identification and quantification of additional amounts to be refunded, the Company would accrue additional liabilities for claim costs and interest, and repay any amounts due in normal course. If future investigations ultimately result in findings of significant billing and reimbursement noncompliance which could require the Company to record significant additional provisions or remit payments, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected and our stock price could decline.
 
Concentrations
 
Credit Risk — The Company has significant accounts receivable balances, the collectibility of which is dependent on the availability of funds from certain governmental programs, primarily Medicare and Medicaid. These receivables represent the only significant concentration of credit risk for the Company. The Company does not believe there is significant credit risks associated with these governmental programs. The Company believes that an adequate allowance has been recorded for the possibility of these receivables proving uncollectible, and continually monitors and adjusts these allowances as necessary. The Company’s receivables from Medicare and Medicaid payor programs accounted for approximately 59% and 61% of its total accounts receivable as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Revenue from reimbursements under the Medicare and Medicaid programs accounted for approximately 75%, 74% and 75% of the Company’s revenue for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
 
Cash in Excess of FDIC and CDIC Limits — The Company currently has bank deposits with two financial institutions in the U.S. and Canada that exceed FDIC and CDIC insurance limits. FDIC and CDIC insurance provide protection for bank deposits up to $250 and $100, respectively.
 
16.   Defined Contribution Plan
 
The Company has a 401(k) defined contribution plan (the 401(k) Plan), whereby eligible employees may contribute up to 15% of their annual basic earnings. Additionally, the 401(k) Plan provides for discretionary matching contributions (as defined) by the Company. The Company contributed, $290, $270 and $231 to the 401(k)


112


Table of Contents

 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Plan during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Beginning in 2007, the Company’s plan allowed eligible employees to contribute up to 90% of their eligible compensation, subject to applicable annual Internal Revenue Code limits.
 
17.   Subsequent Events
 
On January 1, 2009, the Company assumed an existing lease for a 156 licensed and operational bed skilled nursing facility in San Luis Obispo, California. The Company purchased the tenant’s rights under the lease agreement from the prior tenant and operator for approximately $1,635. The Company did not acquire any material assets or assume any liabilities other than the prior tenant’s post-assumption rights and obligations under the lease. Consistent with its acquisition practices, the Company also entered into a separate operations transfer agreement with the prior tenant as a part of this transaction, which is common. The Company paid for the prior tenant’s lease rights in cash. In addition, on January 1, 2008, the Company purchased a skilled nursing facility in Lufkin, Texas for approximately $8,000, which was paid in cash. This facility added 150 licensed and operational beds to the Company’s operations.
 
On January 15, 2009, the Company assumed the operations of a skilled nursing facility in Riverside, California which is also licensed for assisted living and independent living services. The inclusion of this operation added 38 licensed and operational skilled nursing, 66 licensed, or 54 operational assisted living and 24 independent living beds to the Company’s operations.
 
On February 1, 2009, the Company purchased three skilled nursing facilities and one assisted living facility in Colorado for approximately $10,856, which was paid in cash. This acquisition added 217 licensed, or 210 operational skilled nursing and 48 licensed, or 38 operational assisted living beds to the Company’s operations.
 
Taking into consideration the above noted transactions, as of February 1, 2009, the Company owns 37 of its 70 facilities and operated an additional 32 facilities through long-term lease arrangements, and had options to purchase or purchase agreements for nine of those 32 facilities.


113


Table of Contents

 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
(b)   Financial Statement Schedules
 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
Schedule II
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
 
                                 
        Additions
       
    Balance at
  Charged to
      Balances at
    Beginning
  Costs and
      End of
    of Year   Expenses   Deductions   Year
    (In thousands)
 
Year Ended December 31, 2006
                               
Allowance for doubtful accounts
  $ (4,959 )   $ (4,191 )   $ 1,607     $ (7,543 )
Year Ended December 31, 2007
                               
Allowance for doubtful accounts
  $ (7,543 )   $ (3,135 )   $ 3,224     $ (7,454 )
Year Ended December 31, 2008
                               
Allowance for doubtful accounts
  $ (7,454 )   $ (3,213 )   $ 3,401     $ (7,266 )
 
All other schedules have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.


114


Table of Contents

(c)   Exhibit Index
 
                                   
Exhibit
          File
  Exhibit
  Filing
  Filed
No.
  Exhibit Description   Form   No.   No.   Date   Herewith
 
  3 .1     Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of The Ensign Group, Inc., filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on November 15, 2007   10-Q   001-33757     3 .1   12/21/07    
  3 .3     Amended and Restated Bylaws of The Ensign Group, Inc.   10-Q   001-33757     3 .2   12/21/07    
  4 .1     Specimen common stock certificate   S-1   333-142897     4 .1   10/05/07    
  4 .2     Stock Position Management Agreement, dated October 16, 2008, between The Ensign Group, Inc. and Terri M. Christensen                       X
  10 .1+     The Ensign Group, Inc. 2001 Stock Option, Deferred Stock and Restricted Stock Plan, form of Stock Option Grant Notice for Executive Officers and Directors, stock option agreement and form of restricted stock agreement for Executive Officers and Directors   S-1   333-142897     10 .1   07/26/07    
  10 .2+     The Ensign Group, Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan, form of Nonqualified Stock Option Award for Executive Officers and Directors, and form of restricted stock agreement for Executive Officers and Directors   S-1   333-142897     10 .2   07/26/07    
  10 .3+     The Ensign Group, Inc. 2007 Omnibus Incentive Plan   S-1   333-142897     10 .3   10/05/07    
  10 .4+     Form of 2007 Omnibus Incentive Plan Notice of Grant of Stock Options; and form of Non-Incentive Stock Option Award Terms and Conditions                        
  10 .5+     Form of 2007 Omnibus Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Agreement   S-1   333-142897     10 .5   10/05/07    
  10 .6+     Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into between The Ensign Group, Inc. and its directors, officers and certain key employees   S-1   333-142897     10 .6   10/05/07    
  10 .7     Third Amended and Restated Loan Agreement, dated as of December 29, 2006, by and among certain subsidiaries of The Ensign Group, Inc. as Borrowers, and General Electric Capital Corporation as Agent and Lender   S-1   333-142897     10 .7   05/14/07    
  10 .8     Consolidated, Amended and Restated Promissory Note, dated as of December 29, 2006, in the original principal amount of $64,692,111.67, by certain subsidiaries of The Ensign Group, Inc. in favor of General Electric Capital Corporation   S-1   333-142897     10 .8   07/26/07    


115


Table of Contents

                                   
Exhibit
          File
  Exhibit
  Filing
  Filed
No.
  Exhibit Description   Form   No.   No.   Date   Herewith
 
  10 .9     Third Amended and Restated Guaranty of Payment and Performance, dated as of December 29, 2006, by The Ensign Group, Inc. as Guarantor and General Electric Capital Corporation as Agent and Lender, under which Guarantor guarantees the payment and performance of the obligations of certain of Guarantor’s subsidiaries under the Third Amended and Restated Loan Agreement   S-1   333-142897     10 .9   07/26/07    
  10 .10     Form of Amended and Restated Deed of Trust, Assignment of Rents, Security Agreement and Fixture Financing Statement, dated as of June 30, 2006 (filed against Desert Terrace Nursing Center, Desert Sky Nursing Home, Highland Manor Health and Rehabilitation Center and North Mountain Medical and Rehabilitation Center), by and among Terrace Holdings AZ LLC, Sky Holdings AZ LLC, Ensign Highland LLC and Valley Health Holdings LLC as Grantors, Chicago Title Insurance Company as Trustee, and General Electric Capital Corporation as Beneficiary and Schedule of Material Differences therein   S-1   333-142897     10 .10   07/26/07    
  10 .11     Deed of Trust, Assignment of Rents, Security Agreement and Fixture Financing Statement, dated as of June 30, 2006 (filed against Park Manor), by and among Plaza Health Holdings LLC as Grantor, Chicago Title Insurance Company as Trustee, and General Electric Capital Corporation as Beneficiary   S-1   333-142897     10 .11   07/26/07    
  10 .12     Deed of Trust, Assignment of Rents, Security Agreement and Fixture Financing Statement, dated as of June 30, 2006 (filed against Catalina Care and Rehabilitation Center), by and among Rillito Holdings LLC as Grantor, Chicago Title Insurance Company as Trustee, and General Electric Capital Corporation as Beneficiary   S-1   333-142897     10 .12   07/26/07    
  10 .13     Deed of Trust, Assignment of Rents, Security Agreement and Fixture Financing Statement, dated as of October 16, 2006 (filed against Park View Gardens at Montgomery), by and among Mountainview Communitycare LLC as Grantor, Chicago Title Insurance Company as Trustee, and General Electric Capital Corporation as Beneficiary   S-1   333-142897     10 .13   07/26/07    

116


Table of Contents

                                   
Exhibit
          File
  Exhibit
  Filing
  Filed
No.
  Exhibit Description   Form   No.   No.   Date   Herewith
 
  10 .14     Deed of Trust, Assignment of Rents, Security Agreement and Fixture Financing Statement, dated as of October 16, 2006 (filed against Sabino Canyon Rehabilitation and Care Center), by and among Meadowbrook Health Associates LLC as Grantor, Chicago Title Insurance Company as Trustee and General Electric Capital Corporation as Beneficiary   S-1   333-142897     10 .14   07/26/07    
  10 .15     Form of Deed of Trust, Assignment of Rents, Security Agreement and Fixture Financing Statement, dated as of December 29, 2006 (filed against Upland Care and Rehabilitation Center and Camarillo Care Center), by and among Cedar Avenue Holdings LLC and Granada Investments LLC as Grantors, Chicago Title Insurance Company as Trustee and General Electric Capital Corporation as Beneficiary and Schedule of Material Differences therein   S-1   333-142897     10 .15   07/26/07    
  10 .16     Form of First Amendment to (Amended and Restated) Deed of Trust, Assignment of Rents, Security Agreement and Fixture Financing Statement, dated as of December 29, 2006 (filed against Desert Terrace Nursing Center, Desert Sky Nursing Home, Highland Manor Health and Rehabilitation Center, North Mountain Medical and Rehabilitation Center, Catalina Care and Rehabilitation Center, Park Manor, Park View Gardens at Montgomery, Sabino Canyon Rehabilitation and Care Center), by and among Terrace Holdings AZ LLC, Sky Holdings AZ LLC, Ensign Highland LLC, Valley Health Holdings LLC, Rillito Holdings LLC, Plaza Health Holdings LLC, Mountainview Communitycare LLC and Meadowbrook Health Associates LLC as Grantors, Chicago Title Insurance Company as Trustee, and General Electric Capital Corporation as Beneficiary and Schedule of Material Differences therein   S-1   333-142897     10 .16   07/26/07    
  10 .17     Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2004, by and among The Ensign Group, Inc. and certain of its subsidiaries as Borrower, and General Electric Capital Corporation as Agent and Lender   S-1   333-142897     10 .19   05/14/07    
  10 .18     Amendment No. 1, dated as of December 3, 2004, to the Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, by and among The Ensign Group, Inc. and certain of its subsidiaries as Borrower, and General Electric Capital Corporation as Lender   S-1   333-142897     10 .20   05/14/07    

117


Table of Contents

                                   
Exhibit
          File
  Exhibit
  Filing
  Filed
No.
  Exhibit Description   Form   No.   No.   Date   Herewith
 
  10 .19     Second Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Note, dated as of December 3, 2004, in the original principal amount of $20,000,000, by The Ensign Group, Inc. and certain of its subsidiaries in favor of General Electric Capital Corporation   S-1   333-142897     10 .19   07/26/07    
  10 .20     Amendment No. 2, dated as of March 25, 2007, to the Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, by and among The Ensign Group, Inc. and certain of its subsidiaries as Borrower, and General Electric Capital Corporation as Lender   S-1   333-142897     10 .22   05/14/07    
  10 .21     Amendment No. 3, dated as of June 22, 2007, to the Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, by and among The Ensign Group, Inc. and certain of its subsidiaries as Borrower and General Electric Capital Corporation as Lender   S-1   333-142897     10 .21   07/26/07    
  10 .22     Amendment No. 4, dated as of August 1, 2007, to the Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, by and among The Ensign Group, Inc. and certain of its subsidiaries as Borrowers and General Electric Capital Corporation as Lender   S-1   333-142897     10 .42   08/17/07    
  10 .23     Amendment No. 5, dated September 13, 2007, to the Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, by and among The Ensign Group, Inc. and certain of its subsidiaries as Borrowers and General Electric Capital Corporation as Lender   S-1   333-142897     10 .43   10/05/07    
  10 .24     Revolving Credit Note, dated as of September 13, 2007, in the original principal amount of $5,000,000 by The Ensign Group, Inc. and certain of its subsidiaries in favor of General Electric Capital Corporation   S-1   333-142897     10 .44   10/05/07    
  10 .25     Commitment Letter, dated October 3, 2007, from General Electric Capital Corporation to The Ensign Group, Inc., setting forth the general terms and conditions of the proposed amendment to the revolving credit facility, which will increase the available credit thereunder to $50.0 million   S-1   333-142897     10 .46   10/05/07    
  10 .26     Amendment No. 6, dated November 19, 2007, to the Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, by and among The Ensign Group, Inc. and certain of its subsidiaries as Borrowers and General Electric Capital Corporation as Lender   8-K   001-33757     10 .1   11/21/07    

118


Table of Contents

                                   
Exhibit
          File
  Exhibit
  Filing
  Filed
No.
  Exhibit Description   Form   No.   No.   Date   Herewith
 
  10 .27     Amendment No. 7, dated December 21, 2007, to the Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, by and among The Ensign Group, Inc. and certain of its subsidiaries as Borrowers and General Electric Capital Corporation as Lender   8-K   001-33757     10 .1   12/27/07    
  10 .28     Amendment No. 1 and Joinder Agreement to Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, by certain subsidiaries of The Ensign Group, Inc. as Borrower and General Electric Capital Corporation as Lender   8-K   001-33757     10 .1   02/09/09    
  10 .29     Second Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Note, dated February 4, 2009, by certain subsidiaries of The Ensign Group, Inc. as Borrowers for the benefit of General Electric Capital Corporation as Lender   8-K   001-33757     10 .2   02/09/09    
  10 .30     Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Note, dated February 21, 2008, by certain subsidiaries of The Ensign Group, Inc. as Borrowers for the benefit of General Electric Capital Corporation as Lender   8-K   001-33757     10 .2   02/27/08    
  10 .31     Ensign Guaranty, dated February 21, 2008, between The Ensign Group, Inc. as Guarantor and General Electric Capital Corporation as Lender   8-K   001-33757     10 .3   02/27/08    
  10 .32     Holding Company Guaranty, dated February 21, 2008, by and among The Ensign Group, Inc. and certain of its subsidiaries as Guarantors and General Electric Capital Corporation as Lender   8-K   001-33757     10 .4   02/27/08    
  10 .33     Pacific Care Center Loan Agreement, dated as of August 6, 1998, by and between G&L Hoquiam, LLC as Borrower and GMAC Commercial Mortgage Corporation as Lender (later assumed by Cherry Health Holdings, Inc. as Borrower and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. as Lender)   S-1   333-142897     10 .23   05/14/07    
  10 .34     Deed of Trust and Security Agreement, dated as of August 6, 1998, by and among G&L Hoquiam, LLC as Grantor, Ticor Title Insurance Company as Trustee and GMAC Commercial Mortgage Corporation as Beneficiary   S-1   333-142897     10 .24   07/26/07    
  10 .35     Promissory Note, dated as of August 6, 1998, in the original principal amount of $2,475,000, by G&L Hoquiam, LLC in favor of GMAC Commercial Mortgage Corporation   S-1   333-142897     10 .25   07/26/07    

119


Table of Contents

                                   
Exhibit
          File
  Exhibit
  Filing
  Filed
No.
  Exhibit Description   Form   No.   No.   Date   Herewith
 
  10 .36     Loan Assumption Agreement, by and among G&L Hoquiam, LLC as Prior Owner; G&L Realty Partnership, L.P. as Prior Guarantor; Cherry Health Holdings, Inc. as Borrower; and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., the Trustee for GMAC Commercial Mortgage Securities, Inc., as Lender   S-1   333-142897     10 .26   05/14/07    
  10 .37     Exceptions to Nonrecourse Guaranty, dated as of October 2006, by The Ensign Group, Inc. as Guarantor and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. as Trustee for GMAC Commercial Mortgage Securities, Inc., under which Guarantor guarantees full and prompt payment of all amounts due and owing by Cherry Health Holdings, Inc. under the Promissory Note   S-1   333-142897     10 .22   07/26/07    
  10 .38     Deed of Trust with Assignment of Rents, dated as of January 30, 2001, by and among Ensign Southland LLC as Trustor, Brian E. Callahan as Trustee and Continental Wingate Associates, Inc. as Beneficiary   S-1   333-142897     10 .27   07/26/07    
  10 .39     Deed of Trust Note, dated as of January 30, 2001, in the original principal amount of $7,455,100, by Ensign Southland, LLC in favor of Continental Wingate Associates, Inc.   S-1   333-142897     10 .28   05/14/07    
  10 .40     Security Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2001, by and between Ensign Southland, LLC and Continental Wingate Associates, Inc.   S-1   333-142897     10 .29   05/14/07    
  10 .41     Master Lease Agreement, dated July 3, 2003, between Adipiscor LLC as Lessee and LTC Partners VI, L.P., Coronado Corporation and Park Villa Corporation collectively as Lessor   S-1   333-142897     10 .30   05/14/07    
  10 .42     Lease Guaranty, dated July 3, 2003, between The Ensign Group, Inc. as Guarantor and LTC Partners VI, L.P., Coronado Corporation and Park Villa Corporation collectively as Lessor, under which Guarantor guarantees the payment and performance of Adipiscor LLC’s obligations under the Master Lease Agreement   S-1   333-142897     10 .31   05/14/07    
  10 .43     Master Lease Agreement, dated September 30, 2003, between Permunitum LLC as Lessee, Vista Woods Health Associates LLC, City Heights Health Associates LLC, and Claremont Foothills Health Associates LLC as Sublessees, and OHI Asset (CA), LLC as Lessor   S-1   333-142897     10 .32   05/14/07    
  10 .44     Lease Guaranty, dated September 30, 2003, between The Ensign Group, Inc. as Guarantor and OHI Asset (CA), LLC as Lessor, under which Guarantor guarantees the payment and performance of Permunitum LLC’s obligations under the Master Lease Agreement   S-1   333-142897     10 .33   05/14/07    

120


Table of Contents

                                   
Exhibit
          File
  Exhibit
  Filing
  Filed
No.
  Exhibit Description   Form   No.   No.   Date   Herewith
 
  10 .45     Lease Guaranty, dated September 30, 2003, between Vista Woods Health Associates LLC, City Heights Health Associates LLC and Claremont Foothills Health Associates LLC as Guarantors and OHI Asset (CA), LLC as Lessor, under which Guarantors guarantee the payment and performance of Permunitum LLC’s obligations under the Master Lease Agreement   S-1   333-142897     10 .34   05/14/07    
  10 .46     Master Lease Agreement, dated January 31, 2003, between Moenium Holdings LLC as Lessee and Healthcare Property Investors, Inc., d/b/a in the State of Arizona as HC Properties, Inc., and Healthcare Investors III collectively as Lessor   S-1   333-142897     10 .35   05/14/07    
  10 .47     Lease Guaranty, between The Ensign Group, Inc. as Guarantor and Healthcare Property Investors, Inc. as Owner, under which Guarantor guarantees the payment and performance of Moenium Holdings LLC’s obligations under the Master Lease Agreement   S-1   333-142897     10 .36   05/14/07    
  10 .48     First Amendment to Master Lease Agreement, dated May 27, 2003, between Moenium Holdings LLC as Lessee and Healthcare Property Investors, Inc., d/b/a in the State of Arizona as HC Properties, Inc., and Healthcare Investors III collectively as Lessor   S-1   333-142897     10 .37   05/14/07    
  10 .49     Second Amendment to Master Lease Agreement, dated October 31. 2004, between Moenium Holdings LLC as Lessee and Healthcare Property Investors, Inc., d/b/a in the State of Arizona as HC Properties, Inc., and Healthcare Investors III collectively as Lessor   S-1   333-142897     10 .38   05/14/07    
  10 .50     Lease Agreement, by and between Mission Ridge Associates LLC as Landlord and Ensign Facility Services, Inc. as Tenant; and Guaranty of Lease, dated August 2, 2003, by The Ensign Group, Inc. as Guarantor in favor of Landlord, under which Guarantor guarantees Tenant’s obligations under the Lease Agreement   S-1   333-142897     10 .39   05/14/07    
  10 .51     First Amendment to Lease Agreement dated January 15, 2004, by and between Mission Ridge Associates LLC as Landlord and Ensign Facility Services, Inc. as Tenant   S-1   333-142897     10 .40   05/14/07    

121


Table of Contents

                                   
Exhibit
          File
  Exhibit
  Filing
  Filed
No.
  Exhibit Description   Form   No.   No.   Date   Herewith
 
  10 .52     Second Amendment to Lease Agreement dated December 13, 2007, by and between Mission Ridge Associates LLC as Landlord and Ensign Facility Services, Inc. as Tenant; and Reaffirmation of Guaranty of Lease, dated December 13, 2007, by The Ensign Group, Inc. as Guarantor in favor of Landlord, under which Guarantor reaffirms its guaranty of Tenants obligations under the Lease Agreement   10-K   001-33757     10 .52   3/6/08    
  10 .53     Form of Independent Consulting and Centralized Services Agreement between Ensign Facility Services, Inc. and certain of its subsidiaries   S-1   333-142897     10 .41   05/14/07    
  10 .54     Agreement of Purchase and Sale and Joint Escrow Instructions, dated August 31, 2007, as amended on September 6, 2007   S-1   333-142897     10 .45   10/05/07    
  10 .55     Form of Health Insurance Benefit Agreement pursuant to which certain subsidiaries of The Ensign Group, Inc. participate in the Medicare program   S-1   333-142897     10 .48   10/19/07    
  10 .56     Form of Medi-Cal Provider Agreement pursuant to which certain subsidiaries of The Ensign Group, Inc. participate in the California Medicaid program   S-1   333-142897     10 .49   10/19/07    
  10 .57     Form of Provider Participation Agreement pursuant to which certain subsidiaries of The Ensign Group, Inc. participate in the Arizona Medicaid program   S-1   333-142897     10 .50   10/19/07    
  10 .58     Form of Contract to Provide Nursing Facility Services under the Texas Medical Assistance Program pursuant to which certain subsidiaries of The Ensign Group, Inc. participate in the Texas Medicaid program   S-1   333-142897     10 .51   10/19/07    
  10 .59     Form of Client Service Contract pursuant to which certain subsidiaries of The Ensign Group, Inc. participate in the Washington Medicaid program   S-1   333-142897     10 .52   10/19/07    
  10 .60     Form of Provider Agreement for Medicaid and UMAP pursuant to which certain subsidiaries of The Ensign Group, Inc. participate in the Utah Medicaid program   S-1   333-142897     10 .53   10/19/07    
  10 .61     Form of Medicaid Provider Agreement pursuant to which a subsidiary of The Ensign Group, Inc. participates in the Idaho Medicaid program   S-1   333-142897     10 .54   10/19/07    
  21 .1     Subsidiaries of The Ensign Group, Inc., as amended                       X
  23 .1     Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP                       X
  31 .1     Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002                       X

122


Table of Contents

                                   
Exhibit
          File
  Exhibit
  Filing
  Filed
No.
  Exhibit Description   Form   No.   No.   Date   Herewith
 
  31 .2     Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002                       X
  32 .1     Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002                       X
  32 .2     Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002                       X
 
 
+ Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

123